Quantcast
Channel: Spiritual Warfare – Metatech
Viewing all 47 articles
Browse latest View live

Interview with an Ex-Vampire – A True Story THE TRANSCRIPT PART 9 (Final) VAMPIRES WEREWOLVES ILLUMINATI

$
0
0

Interview with an Ex-Vampire –

A True Story

THE TRANSCRIPT

PART 9 (Final)


VAMPIRES

WEREWOLVES

ILLUMINATI

 

 

ExVampireFullPageCMYK150dpi-reduced-650

 

PURCHASE THE DVDS FROM WWW.EXVAMPIRE.COM

S: How did you get out of becoming a Vampire?

B: Well, I’ll tell you, without the power of Almighty Yahweh, I couldn’t have done it.

When I was getting down really deep and dark I was still a member of the Church of Satan, of course.

And every year I had to send a check to the Church of Satan to keep up my dues.

And that check, when it came back from the bank, some lady had written on it, “I’ll be praying for you in the name of Jesus”.

Because they obviously figured if someone was giving money to the Church of Satan, they were in pretty deep spiritual trouble.

And in my case they were right.

So … I just laughed at it.

Because by that time I was so deceived I thought Jesus was a son of Satan.

So I threw the check in my file and forgot about it.

Well, within just a few days everything in my life fell apart.

I was already pretty miserable.

But I lost all of my Vampiric powers in the course of 2 or 3 days of getting that check.

And I also lost the craving for blood.

I was delivered from it.

It was like Yahushua just reached down soverignly and even though I was not really yet ready to get Born Again he lifted that huge burden off from me.

And I was able to basically start living … it was like he healed me of whatever that virus or that enzyme was.

Unfortunately it still took me about 4 or 5 years to get Born Again, because I went from there, as I think I mentioned earlier, to ending up with the Mormons for 5 years, but it was certainly an improvement over being a Vampire (laugh).

S: Sure.

B: So, it was the power of Almighty Yahweh that did it.

I couldn’t have done it without him because I knew I was within weeks of killing someone.

And it was totally taken away.

Plus my addiction to cocaine was totally taken away.

S: Wow, wonderful.

B: So, Baruch Hashem Yahweh!

S: What is a Werewolf?

B: Well, a Werewolf is an individual who is usually – the technical term is a lycanthrope – a shapeshifter.

And they are usually an individual who is very high up in the black arts and has achieved an incredible amount of demonic possession.

In other words, they are very highly possessed by demons.

And they basically have the ability at will to transform from a normal human being into this gigantic wolf-like thing that is between 7 and 8 feet tall and weighs more than 300 pounds and can rip your head off.

S: Thank you. From your own experience and contacts, are they real?

B: Well, yes, I think they are.

I was told while in the Brotherhood of Satan that that was basically the assassin squad of the Brotherhood.

If they wanted someone killed, and killed quickly and messily, that they would have one of their Werewolf assassins go out and do it so that it would look like the person had been mauled by a wild animal.

And we had several cases where either people were … I personally have not seen a Werewolf.

I have seen other Were-animals, but not a Were-wolf.

But my wife has.

Other people we have talked to have.

I think the most obvious story and the closest to me was one time when I was a Christian Minister and I was down in Salt Lake doing a conference and my wife was alone on this compound where our ministry was out in the country in Seattle.

Very much isolated.

And it happened – thank Yahweh that this happened – it happened that her sister was with her, and they were both Christians.

And the weird thing was that we had just moved into this place and there were no locks on the doors.

Because we were out in the middle of nowhere – I mean, no one ever came out there.

But all of a sudden it became very important that there was a lock on the door and there wasn’t one.

Because they started hearing something and they said that it sounded like a cougar or something.

Pacing around the house.

Except that its footprints were audible, and you don’t usually hear a cougar’s footprints.

It was like PHOOMP… PHOOMP.

Kind of like the Tyrannosaurus Rex in the movie “Jurassic Park”.

They didn’t know what it was.

And it was happening that this place was a split level house and the living room was up on the second floor.

And my wife opened the window and there was something staring back at her, like from about 7 feet off the ground.

These big, red eyes.

And they were enormous.

And she couldn’t see anything else – just a vague outline – because there was one of those night lights about 100 yards away.

Whatever it was, it was dark and enormous.

And it kept pacing around the house.

And they were just praying up a storm.

And bleeding the blood of the Lamb over the house.

And it never could get in.

It finally just left.

But there were large … there were footprints like this big, on the ground the next morning.

And they looked like three balls up here and a huge arch and then one single ball back here.

S: Great. Well, if it’s a physical thing, why was it that it wasn’t able

to get in?

B: Well, because even though it’s a physical creature, it’s powered … the whole ability to do that is totally demonic.

It’s powered by demons.

And demons fear the name of Yahushua.

And they fear the blood of Yahushua.

And they will not cross it.

And especially because that whole property had been prayed over for years.

I mean, it had been a Christian Ministry for almost a generation.

So, the power of Yahweh God is so much greater, that he basically just gave up and left.

S: Great.

Can you tell me some other Werewolf stories?

B: (laugh) Well, similarly close, we had a young lady come to us who was needing Deliverance.

She had just got separated from her husband who oddly enough was a Mormon Bishop.

And she had discovered after their wedding – very soon after the wedding she found out that he was a Werewolf.

And he was also an airline pilot.

That’s what he did for a living.

So, can you imagine having a Werewolf airline pilot?

Well, there’s one out there.

S: Goodness.

B: And this guy actually raped her while he was a Werewolf.

And she had the scars to prove it.

She also had the baby to prove it.

And she came to us for ministry.

She was so terrified we actually had to go and meet with her in another city.

Because oddly enough they lived right up on the mountain where we lived.

And it might even have been that it was he who was the Werewolf who was pacing around out house 3 years earlier.

We don’t know.

Because I can’t imagine that there are that many Werewolves out in little downtown Issaquah.

And anyhow she got totally free of it.

But she had a Werewolf husband.

The other thing that happened – this was again, not me, but a colleague of mine, Ed Decker.

He was out on the mission field for Y.W.A.M. (Youth With A Mission) in Tonga or Samoa – one of those two islands – and they were preaching against Mormonism.

And a Mormon Bishop came up and started railing at them.

You know, middle-aged guy, but he was Samoan – so he was a big fellow.

And he was berating them for preaching against the ‘true’ Church of Jesus Christ of Latter Day Saints and as he got more and more riled up all of a sudden you could hear these bones and his face start to creak and crack.

And his face started to change and he started growing a snout and he started getting bigger and started tearing out of his clothes.

It was like he was turning into a Were-Orangutan.

Like this giant ape.

And my friend Ed looked at his friend who was also a leader in Y.W.A.M. and he said, “Do you believe this?”

And this guy was even growling like a gorilla or something.

I mean, just enormous roars and getting bigger by every second.

And Ed just looked at him and said, “In the name of Jesus, I rebuke you. Get out of here.”

And instantly there was this PHWWWP – he just turned back into a normal guy and ran away half naked.

So, again, it just shows, that even though these things are big and scary, the power of Yahweh is so much greater.

And then I think the final thing is that we had a young boy, maybe 10 or 11 years old who was brought to us for ministry by his Mum and he had been out riding his bike with a friend.

Not a very good place to ride.

He was riding around in this big landfill somewhere up in Everett I think it was in Washington state.

And the two of them were riding around after dark and they came upon this area which was a really noxious place.

It was full of these fires that burn to burn off the methane and huge piles of rotting junk.

And right in the middle of it there was a Satanic ritual going on.

Because that is a very common place that Satanists find those kind of things.

So naturally they freaked out because they saw these guys in robes waving around knives and chanting and everything and they started to pedal away.

And all of a sudden some big thing was following them.

And the young guy we were talking with, he was the first bicyclist.

And he said that he looked back and he saw this thing and he said that it was taller than a house.

It was chasing the both of them.

And all he could see in the firelight was this vague shape of blackness and pointed ears and these huge red eyes.

And he looked back occasionally and just pedaled for his life.

And all of a sudden he heard his little friend scream and he looked back and there was no sign of him.

So evidently this thing got him.

And so that put even more fear into his bicycling.

And he was just pedaling as fast as he could.

And he could hear … he could actually feel the thing’s breath on his neck.

It was like 2 feet away.

And he just cried out, “Oh Jesus, help me.”

Because he was a young Christian guy.

And the thing had just taken its hands like this, the big claw, and placed it on his chest, when the kid cried out.

That elicited a scream.

The thing backed off like it had been scalded.

But it left these huge scars.

Like 3 scars about 3 inches apart, across the child’s chest.

Then the kid got away.

And naturally he got home, called the cops.

They went up there and – you see, these Satanists are really good at clean-up.

They can, in a matter of minutes, get everything out of there and get rid of any signs of the first lost kid.

They didn’t know what happened to him.

Naturally the police were not ready to believe that some giant Bigfoot-like wolf had run off with the child.

That wasn’t in their world view.

So, but again, we prayed with the child, and he just needed Deliverance from the spirit of fear, obviously, and he was okay.

But, he still had those scars.

So, they are very real.

S: Terrible story. And fantastic that he was able to come through.

B: Yes, that he had enough presence to call upon the one power in the Universe that could have prevented that Werewolf from killing him.

S: Thank you.

You say, that there could be other animals besides Werewolves.

What are they?

B: Yes. Well, almost any animal can be a shape shifter, a Lycanthrope.

Now in the Native American religion they are called Skinwalkers.

But it’s regarded as black magick.

A friend of mine who was a physician, a pediatrician, and he liked to do pro bono work on an Indian Reservation in the Pacific Northwest.

And one day he told me, after he heard this story, he said, “I know a lot of people will think when you talk about Werewolves that you are just nuts, but I will tell you this, and this is a true story.”

And this guy is very respected in the Christian community and in the Medical community.

He said every time when he left the reservation after a day of helping these kids, there would be this old, grandmother-like, Native American woman standing there, wrapped up in a blanket with a little hat and she would be just glaring at him with these hateful eyes.

As if she was thinking, “You are a Christian, get out of my Reservation.”

And it gave him the creeps, every time.

Well one time, after about 3 or 4 times of this happening, he was driving by, and he was kind of watching her.

And all of a sudden, literally in the blink of an eye she was gone and this large raven was standing on the ground.

Just like – SNAP – like that.

And he said he looked, and he rubbed his eyes, and the raven was still standing there, glaring at him with those same black, beady eyes.

And just flew away.

S: Wow.

B: And he said that he knew that that was a Skinwalker.

She was probably some kind of Medicine Woman.

Like I said, the guy who was one of my Voodoo teachers, he wanted me to become a Were-Tarantula.

So you can be a Were-Coyote, a Were-Tarantula, a Were-Raven, a Were-anything, probably.

S: Thank you.

Do you know anything about becoming a Werewolf?

B: Well, that is part of the reason why I didn’t want to do that path.

The rituals are very horrible.

Not really suited for discussion, but they involve human sacrifice and very sadistic things that you wouldn’t even want to talk about.

S: Wow.

And do you know of any other disadvantages to becoming a Werewolf, besides the pain you mentioned earlier?

B: Well, I should mention one other thing, and that is that if a person is bitten by a Werewolf they will again have some kind of infection or virus or enzyme for that.

But, I don’t know that they will turn … that is a Hollywood thing … that “if you are bitten by a Werewolf and the moon is bright” you know, blah, blah, blah … but I don’t know if that is really true, because otherwise obviously we would be crawling with Werewolves.

And besides, usually Werewolves do not leave people alive.

And secondly, if that were true, that young child would turn into a little Were-kid.

You know, a little Werewolf cub.

And he didn’t.

So apparently that is only true if the Werewolves want to do that.

There is some kind of initiation involved then.

But what other disadvantages are involved?

Well, again, to be that kind of a thing, you have to be demon possessed to your eyeballs.

And secondly you are on your way to Hell faster than greased lightning.

And also you have a bloodlust.

Even when you are in human form.

I have been told – of course I wasn’t one – but you are constantly feeling the urge to go out and kill something.

So, it’s not a pleasant experience.

Especially when you consider that when you finally die, which you will, werewolves are not immortal, but oddly enough, what I have been told, again I don’t know this, is that they can only be killed by a silver bullet.

And the reason is that silver is the symbol of redemption in the Bible.

Yahushua was redeemed – I mean, not redeemed – he was betrayed with 30 pieces of silver.

And oddly enough if you look at the plan of construction of the tabernacle in the wilderness that Moses built to house the Arc of the Covenant, it was built on silver.

The foundation was entirely of silver.

And of course we know that silver – like colloidal silver and things like that – it’s a very good blood purifier.

S: Thank you.

In the movies they show that people who become Werewolves don’t remember what they did.

They just sort of wake up and they have this missing period in their memory.

Is that true?

B: No, I don’t believe so.

Because, otherwise how would they know if they had done their job?

If someone says, “We want you to go out and kill X,Y, Z person”.

How would they know if they accomplished their mission?

There would be no sense in that.

I think that is a Hollywood thing.

S: And can they do it anytime they want to? Even in daytime?

B: Again, yes, that’s true.

It’s harder for them to change in the daytime, but they can do it.

But this thing, “You can only do it when the moon is full” and then it happens against your will, that’s strictly Hollywood.

S: Why is it harder in the daytime?

B: Because the powers of darkness are on the wane.

You see, the sun is a symbol of the Son of Righteousness, who’s the Messiah, Yahushua.

Who comes with healing on his wings, according to the Book of Malachi.

I think that’s why both Vampires and Werewolves fear the sun and don’t particularly like to be out in it.

S: Thank you.

How long does it take to transform into a Werewolf?

B: Well, I’ve been told it takes about a minute.

S: Oh, very fast!

B: Yes. But obviously this guy who had the experience with the Native American old lady, with her, it took a second.

So, I don’t know.

I think like you see these things in the movies and they make it more …

But. let’s face it, if you are standing there, and some guy says, “Excuse me, for five minutes I have to sit here and writhe and groan and creak and have bones break and everything. You just sit here and wait and then I’ll rip your throat out as a Werewolf.”

I mean, the person would run away.

So, it’s got to be pretty fast.

So what I was told was that it takes about a minute.

And of course they don’t usually wait and do it in front of the person they are going to kill.

They do it in advance.

Because they can run really fast.

If you have got 5 foot legs, you can run awfully fast.

S: Right.

I heard a story that someone put out an 800 number asking for anyone who had Werewolf stories that were true to phone in, and they had to close the number because they had literally hundreds of thousands of calls.

I was just wondering if you might have any idea of how many Werewolves there might be?

B: Yes, that was an actual TV show.

It was called “Werewolf”.

And they had an 800 number.

And they were just jammed with calls.

I really don’t know.

I assume there are thousands of them in America.

Probably one in every major city, at least.

And plus, there are also colonies of them, where they just go off and live by themselves.

Because it is kind of … there are certain … it’s kind of hard to be a Werewolf and have a married life and everything.

I mean, things start getting rather …

Things start giving it away.

So they tend to not be married – now that was the anomaly with this Mormon Bishop, was that he was actually married – but literally within a few days his wife discovered that he was a Werewolf.

Maybe you start pricking bristly wolf hair out of the guy’s hairbrush in the bathroom or something (laugh) – I don’t know.

So, I would gather that there are probably thousands.

But that’s just an educated guess.

S: Now, if someone wants to see a Werewolf changing, is there a film they can watch?

B: Well, I have very good reason … you know, the person who told me this is pretty much unimpeachable … that the transformation that takes place at the end of the movie “The Howling” – they were trying to do a special effects naturally – and then they just couldn’t get it together on schedule.

And so they literally had a real Werewolf come in.

And they closed the set and they had him transform in that kind of climactic scene in the office where this girl who is kind of standing there.

And again, the question is, because it takes a long time in the movie, it might take 2 or 3 minutes, and you ask “Why doesn’t this girl just run away?”

Unless of course it’s just she’s so terrified or something, I don’t know.

But anyhow, what I have been told, I don’t know this first hand, but I have no reason to doubt it, is that that is a genuine Werewolf transformation you are seeing there.

S: What is the Illuminati?

B: Well, the Illuminati is a large, umbrella organization that is more or less at the root of all the different conspiratorial movements in the world.

It really started more than a 1,000 years ago.

In fact, you could say in a way it started way back at the Tower of Babel, but it started really with Hassan I Sabbah who was an Ishmaeli heretic in the Islamic movement.

And he came up with most of the core ideas of it.

And it kind of came up through groups like the Templars and the Rosicrucians and then ultimately flowered, if you will, in 1776, under the guidance of Adam Weishaupt who started the Ancient Illuminated Seers of Bavaria.

And that was the beginning of it.

And basically it’s like the premier underground occult society.

Historians think it was done away with before the beginning of the 19th Century but it wasn’t really done away with.

It just went underground.

S: Thank you.

What was your involvement in the Illuminati?

B: Well, soon after I had been involved in some of these high level forms of Masonry and everything, I was basically contacted by them.

Because you don’t ask to join the Illuminati.

They ask you.

And I received a letter and then subsequently I received a personal contact from somebody in the organization and they put me through a kind of, actually a surprisingly simple initiation.

Later on I was given a more thorough initiation by a fellow who came all the way from France to do it.

And then of course the primo thing was the thing I have already talked about, which was the illumination, if you will, when I was taken up into the Saturnian Temple and had Lucifer’s fingernail go into my forehead and was basically filled with the ‘light’ of Lucifer.

That is what it means to be a member – it means to be an illuminated one – illuminati in Latin.

S: When you got a letter from them, did they actually sign it, like, “Hi, this is the Illuminati here, please come join us.”?

B: No. It was actually the person who contacted me who wrote the letter.

S: And how did you know it was from the Illuminati?

B: Well, because it had their letterhead.

S: Oh. So, they have an actual letterhead?

B: Yes.

S: Wow. So, all the other people who are top members of political power and order, did they get that same letter?

B: Well, no.

As many people know, a lot of people who are in the Illuminati are in it hereditarily.

They are in families that are part of the Illuminati.

Some of the old mossy money families of America, the Harrimans, the Bundys, some of these old families that are part of the Skull and Bones crowd, and the Harvard crowd and the Rockefellers and all of them.

Of course, the oldest family that has been in the Illuminati is the Rothschilds.

They were there from the very beginning.

But all of those people are in it by birth.

But a fair number … because the trouble is if you do it that way, then everything gets kind of incestuous and stagnant.

And so they like to bring in new blood, so to speak, and so they do invite people who are not part of this inner clique of these old mossy money families, necessarily, to be part of it.

And that’s what happened to me.

See, the way it worked, I think – this is what the spirit guides told me – is that because when I went through these very … see, Masonry and the Illuminati are linked.

At the highest level of Masonry is where the Illuminati begins.

Now that doesn’t necessarily mean that everyone who is in the Illuminati is a Freemason.

That isn’t always the case.

But, when I started going through the degrees in the regular Grand Lodge in the state of Wisconsin, I would have spirit guides prompting me to do certain things at certain times.

And those things would catch the attention of certain members of the Grand Lodge.

And they would think kind of, “Oh, he’s a little different. He’s a little special.”

I would say certain things.

Or I would give certain answers to questions that would be like key words that would open doorways that the average Mason of Wisconsin would never be able to open.

And so by the time that I got up to the Shrine and I made certain choices during my Shrine initiation which I’ve already kind of discussed, those definitely opened up doorways to me.

To go and be contacted by the Illuminati.

S: I see. And how long were you a member of the Illuminati?

B: Oh, well, of course, they would say that I still am.

But, I mean, kind of like the thing with the Catholic Priesthood, they believe its forever.

But I was basically in it for a year or a year and a half before …

And then again I kind of backed out of it very gradually.

So that’s kind of a nebulous time period.

Because once I became a Mormon … you know, the funny thing is that all of this stuff comes together.

Because Joseph Smith …. here we are back on Mormonism again … but Joseph Smith back in the 1840s started a secret council of 50.

And you’ll never guess what the secret name of the council was?

S: The Illuminati?

B: Yes.

S: (laugh).

B: I’m not kidding. And then someone suggested he change it and so he changed it to the more sinister sounding “Council of Ytfif”, which is “fifty” spelled backwards.

S: Oh.

B: Just shows you the level this guy operated at.

He wasn’t the brightest crayon in the box.

But anyway, you would be amazed at how many groups …

For example, the original name for the Jesuit Order of the Catholic Church was Los Illumbrados, which means “The Illuminated Ones”.

The Mormons to this day have a splinter group up in I think in Lake Michigan or near Lake Michigan – not IN Lake Michigan obviously (laugh) – that is called “The Illuminati”.

S: So how do you know that the Illuminati that you were a member of was the same one that the Rothschilds and Rockefellers are members of?

B: The letter head?

(laugh)

S: Okay.

B: No, I’m kidding.

Obviously a letterhead can be faked.

Well, I guess the main ways is because I know that the man who basically was my tutor was one of the highest level occultists in the world at that time.

S: Ah!

B: And he explained to me the structure of the whole thing.

And it basically has been born out by later research that I have done.

But, yes, there are … like if you get on the internet, there are at least 4 or 5 different groups that say “We are the Illuminati” including kind of weird spoof groups like the Discordian Society.

But, yes, I think …. I can’t tell for sure, but whatever I was in, it was certainly a very, very close approximation, if not the real thing.

S: Okay. And did people in the organization drop names to let you know, well, so-and-so is a member of our group.

B: Oh, yes.

They claimed, for example, that George Bush was a member, who at that time was Vice President.

They claimed that many of the world leaders … I was also told who the SECRET people were, behind the scenes.

Because there are what is called in the Illuminati the Nine Unknown Men.

And basically there is one man for every continent who sort of exists as a power behind the throne.

And who basically calls the shots, for like for example the President of the United States of America, the Prime Minister of Canada.

They all take their marching orders from him or else they learn to regret it.

S: I see! Thank you.

Have you ever met anyone else who had a similar initiation like you did on Saturn’s moons?

B: No, no.

But again, I only met like … see, in the Illuminati in its basic form functions very similarly … probably because it’s the same source…. it functions very similarly to how the Communist Party used to function.

Back in the 50s and 60s.

There would be a cell of 3 people.

And they would know each other and only the lead person of that cell would know someone else.

So I knew 2 other people in the Greater Milwaukee area who were in the Illuminati.

And I didn’t really know anyone else, except for the man who was training me.

S: I see.

And what is the goal of the Illuminati?

B: Well, essentially the goal of the Illuminati is the eradication of the Christian religion and the establishment of a One World Government of philosopher-kings.

With naturally they themselves as supreme rulers of the world.

S: And how do you know that?

B: Because that’s what I was told.

S: Right.

B: They have a whole cosmology – a whole world view of history.

That history proceeds in 5 stages.

And that it basically moves from a pristine state of kind of like a Rousseau-like – innocent savages.

And it moves gradually through various stages of patriarchy and bureaucracy until finally it disintegrates into chaos.

Then from the chaos – which they believe we are now entering into – will rise like a phoenix, the Illuminati.

And it will reestablish the glorious reign of Lucifer on the earth.

S: I see.

So, a lot of members of the Illuminati are rich.

So how much money did you stash away while you were a member of the Illuminati?

B: Well, somehow or other I missed out on that.

I never did get very rich.

In fact, when I was in the Illuminati I was working basically as either a security guard or else shoving newspapers into boxes for the Milwaukee Sentinel.

I was given to understand that if I stayed with the program for a while that I would probably have met some very wealthy people and so on, but of course Yahweh got me out of it before that.

S: I see. So were you on the inside or outside fringe?

Do you have any idea where you were?

B: Well, I was told that there were 5 degrees in the Illuminati.

You see, everything in the Illuminati is based on the law of fives.

That’s why, for example, one of the main symbols of the Illuminati is this – which is the roman numeral five.

It wasn’t V for victory that Winston Churchill was flashing.

It was the Illuminati …that’s the same sign that Richard Nixon would always use.

That’s because both of them were Illuminists.

S: Why five? What does five mean?

B: Well, five is … see, there are all sorts of reasons for it.

There are five extremities on the human body.

Two legs, two arms and a head.

The pentagram …… the pentagon.

See, the pentagon is the symbol of the Illuminati – one of them.

I mean, obviously the all-seeing eye in the triangle is another symbol of the Illuminati, like we find on the U.S. one dollar bill.

But the pentagon is one of their very key symbols.

And secondarily is the pentagram.

The other reason is that they say in scripture the number 5 in the Hebrew Bible and even in the Christian Bible is the number of death.

Like Yahushua had five wounds.

And ultimately also there are 23 chromosomes.

And if you add 2 plus 3 you get 5.

S: Mmm. Okay.

B: That’s how the occult mind … you see, everything is about numerological computing.

And even with Illuminism …. That’s why, there is no coincidence the fact that 9-11 happened on 9-11.

S: Or that the number we phone for the police is 911.

B: 911. Right. Yes.

Because, you see, 11 is a very powerful number in numerology.

And so is 9.

In fact, 9 is the ultimate Satanic number because it always – it’s the only selfish number of the primary ordinals.

You know what I mean by a selfish number?

S: No.

B: It always returns to itself.

This is fascinating. Let me illustrate.

Pick any number at random …

S: 4

B: 9 times what? 4. That’s 36 right?

3 + 6 = 9

9 x 9 = 81

8 + 1 = 9

9 x 8 = 72

7 + 2 = 9

No matter what number you multiply by 9, it will always reduce down to 9.

Even if you are up into 8 or 9 digits.

S: So in the nine one one, what is the significance of the one one?

B: Well, see, 11 is the numerological number meaning the beginning of a new octave.

Because it’s the start …

You know, in the west we have a decimal system.

It goes from 1 to 10, or zero to 9, however you want to look at it.

So 11 is … and of course, 10 is basically the same as 1, numerologically, because 1 + 0 is still 1.

But 11 is the beginning of a whole new octave.

And so to do something on the 11th day of the month is meaning that this is a great, new beginning.

S: Oh!

B: And of course, it’s a great new beginning of Satan, because 9 is the ultimate number of Satan.

That is why if you go to the Church of Satan meetings, they will always ring the gong 9 times at the start.

And that’s why there are – I think there are 9 Satanic affirmations.

And of course because 9 is one short of the 10 commandments.

S: I see.

B: See, all of this is very elaborate.

S: And in the Illuminati, there were 5 groups …

B: 5 levels

S: Levels. Which were you in?

B: I was in the very lowest.

S: Right.

B: So, that’s a very long answer to basically say … I wouldn’t say I was in the outer fringe … but I was in the first degree.

So I never got higher than that.

S: Okay. Do other members of the Illuminati have to go through all of these outrageous trainings that you had to go through?

B: Well, again I think that the people who are in it from birth in a way have it easier, but maybe in a way not because I know a lot of them are ritualized or whatever, so I don’t really know.

The two people that I knew were just like me.

They were people who had basically been recruited out of …see, the term we used was mehums.

Which was short for ‘mere humans’.

And basically the typical Illuminati mindset, which unfortunately I had toward the end of my ‘brilliant’ occult career was that human beings were like cattle.

They were fit to be slaughtered.

And if you wanted to have a famine over in Africa for the purposes of some geopolitical thing, or if you wanted – you know – create the AIDS virus and wipe out 500 million people with it, that was fine.

Just like today we think nothing of going out and shooting a bunch of deer if there are too many deer running around.

Or we slaughter cattle for food or whatever.

Well that’s how the Illuminati look at us.

Because they believe they were a new, higher breed of human, because of mutations that had supposedly taken place in our brains.

Because of the special drugs we took.

Because of the special meditations that we did.

Because of the illuminating light of Lucifer that we had all experienced.

So we were ‘above’ them.

As far above them as human beings are above pigs.

S: I see.

Is there anything else you want to say about the Illuminati?

B: Well, obviously they are a very nasty bunch of people.

I deeply regret my involvement with them.

But I know all things work together for good.

So I know that Yahweh is using this to expose these things.

But I guess I would just tell people that if you think the Illuminati is illusory or like the phantom of some conspiracy or other … actually, I mean, the Bible makes it very clear in the second Psalm that there are continually conspiracies going on.

And the Illuminati is just the world’s oldest established floating conspiracy, to steal a line from the movie “Guys and Dolls”.

S: Thank you.

You mentioned earlier that you had attempts on your life.

Roughly how many of them were physical?

B: I think somewhere between 10 or 12.

S: Wow.

B: Probably 10.

S: And about how many were metaphysical or spiritual attacks?

B: Oh, I couldn’t even count them.

I mean, they come almost – if not every day, at least every week.

Because – you see, metaphysical is a big word.

It just means basically some kind of curse.

S: Right.

B: Some kind of energetic attack of a malignant nature.

And we’ve learned over the years to just – every day, we just pray.

And ask Yahweh to protect us.

We put on the armor of God, we cover ourselves and our house and our family under the Blood of Yahushua.

And, you know, 99 out of 100 of these things don’t get through.

But every now and again, one gets through.

And I think it’s to just of kind of keep you humble.

S: Okay.

And would you give us some details of some of the physical attempts on your life?

B: Well, I think I’d already mentioned the attempt to poison me with the stuff on my forehead.

We were shot at.

Of course, we had the Werewolf attack.

S: Tell me about the shooting.

B: Well, just driving down the road and someone shot right through the window of the truck I was driving and fortunately I was wearing (laugh) – you know, this is how these strange things work out – I happen to have this strange fetish – I like when I am just knocking around or not doing anything important, I love to wear bib overalls.

It kind of goes with my hillbilly preacher persona I guess.

And anyway, I was driving, and I had bib overalls on, and the bullet hit the buckle on the bib overalls, which is right here.

S: You are kidding!

B: And it shattered the buckle.

It left me with a huge bruise on my chest.

Obviously it would have gone right into my heart, or very near my heart.

S: Wow!

And it was just done by a person driving in the opposite lane.

And I just pulled over and – GASP – because it felt like someone had punched me really hard in the chest.

S: So it was a good shot.

When you said you’d been shot at, I assumed it was a bad shot and he missed you.

B: No, no.

S: Wow.

B: And then there was the interesting time that we were driving … it was a late … see we used to live out in the country when we were out in Seattle and it was a 5 mile drive into town.

And after work we were driving into town.

It was a 2 lane, rather twisting, turning road.

We were going at 50 miles per hour.

It was raining – Seattle – naturally (laugh).

And it was dark.

And as we were driving along I noticed two things.

One – I noticed that there was this very tall, angel-like thing standing in the road going like this …

S: Was he physical?

B: Yes. Well, it looked physical to me.

Like a tall guy in a white robe.

S: How tall?

B: Well, it was hard to tell, because he was maybe 100 yards away.

But he looked like a pretty big dude.

And secondly I noticed that the headlights coming at me from the opposite direction looked slightly obscured.

And so something told me, “Stop, jam on the brakes.”

And so I stopped and jammed on the brakes.

And I came within a foot of hitting this giant Douglas Fir that someone had chopped down right onto the highway.

And I felt so sorry because there was this guy behind me and he must not have realized what was going on – he probably didn’t have an angel.

And he passed me.

He had this nice, brand new BMW.

And he went right into this tree and it just sheared off – fortunately you know how when trees fall they are kind of off the ground because of the branches – and it sheared off the entire top of his brand new BMW sedan.

But fortunately it didn’t hurt him.

S: But it would have hurt you, because it was lower where you were.

B: Yes, it would have hurt us because it was lower, and we were a taller vehicle.

We just thank Yahweh for that one.

S: Wow.

B: Then I mentioned the Werewolf attack.

And I suppose, the other one that is really probably the most interesting one from the standpoint of what the power of Yahweh can do, is we were out …

One time my parents came out to visit us and we were out showing them around.

We were driving them up to Mount Ranier – I think it was back from Mount Ranier at this time – on this narrow 2 lane road.

And all of a sudden we were driving along and this semi truck was coming at us.

And he comes over deliberately into our lane.

And you know how when a semi turns, it’s like the rear end is still in the other lane, because it’s a big, long thing.

There was no place to go.

And you just had time to say …

Now, I don’t know if this was an attempt on our life, or if it was just an asleep driver, but obviously it would have been fatal.

And as I was saying my father was with me in the front seat and Sharon was with my step-mother in the back seat, and I just cried out to Yahweh.

And we hit and we just went – WHOOSH – right through the semi.

S: Wow.

B: As if we were intangible.

S: Wow.

B: The semi right through us, or we went right through it, or both.

It was like our molecules just blended for a second.

And I can even remember seeing the engine of the semi

S: Gasp.

B: As I was going through it.

S: Wow.

B: It was one of the weirder experience of my life.

And I’ll never forget the look on my father’s face.

Because I don’t think the people in the back seat even realized what was about to happen.

And he looked at me and said, “I’m not going to talk about this.”

We didn’t … he never mentioned it … because it was so far outside of my father’s … because he was this nice, good old garden variety Catholic and he wasn’t used to people dematerializing semis.

So that was a real blessing, because otherwise we would have been a hood ornament on this giant Mac truck.

S: You said that you began to get out of all of this when a check came back from the Church of Satan with a note “I’ll be praying for you in Jesus name”.

Did you have to do anything else to get totally free of all of this stuff?

B: Well, of course, it may not be clear from the continuity of this particular interview, but from there we went into the Mormon Church for 5 years.

And Yahweh kind of used that – I call that my spiritual decompression chamber.

Just like if you take one of those fish from way down in the depths of the ocean that’s really dark and evil looking – you bring it up to the surface – BLAM – they explode.

And they need to put them in a decompression chamber.

Well, the same thing was true of me.

I was in some pretty deep, dark stuff.

And so Yahweh used the Mormon Church to kind of teach me to at least pretend to be a Christian.

Because let’s face it, if you are a Witch, you don’t care it if you commit a sin, because Witches don’t believe in sin.

And of course Satanists really don’t believe in sin.

They think it’s a sin to not sin.

So anyway, when I finally did figure out that the Mormon Church was not true, and I had prayed and given my life to Yahweh, the next step was, I was kind of sitting around reading the Bible and I was not really sure what to do.

Because I was still struggling with whether or not the Mormon Church was true.

And I didn’t have any information on that yet.

So I was kind of reading the Bible and trying to figure out what was going on.

And we were driving through this little town of Independence, Iowa, which was near my home town.

And there was this tiny little Christian bookstore.

I had never seen before and I have never seen since.

S: Wow.

B: And I went into it. And I walked around the Christian book store, while my wife was looking at a quilt store.

And this book literally fell of the shelf into my arms.

It was “The Beautiful Side of Evil”, by Johanna Michaelsen, which I think was brand new at that time.

Excellent book.

And in there as I read the book , she talked about at the end, she was a former psychic and also a former psychic surgeon.

You know, the people who try to reach into your body and pull out diseased organs with spoons or whatever.

And she talked at the end about how after she got saved she had to go and destroy all of her occult possessions with fire, or something like that.

And so that kind of convicted me in my heart.

So I went and gathered up all of my books.

And that was a lot.

I mean, we had sold some of them when we moved, but … a lot of books, swords, daggers, robes, incense burners, grimoires – you name it – I had over $3,000 worth of stuff in the trunk.

And I piled it in the trunk first.

And I could even feel these little evil spirits saying “You don’t want to do this. You don’t want to do this. You are going to need these some day. Don’t do this. Don’t do this.”

And I just tried to shut my mind to that.

And then I just started calling up churches, because she said, “Go call a pastor of a Church, and he will help you with this, because it’s going to be hard for you to do.”

Which was good advice.

And so I started calling churches, and they all kept hanging up on me.

I didn’t call up any Catholic churches, because I figured they wouldn’t know anything about this.

But I started with, “Hi, I am an ex-Witch and I have a whole bunch of stuff I want to burn. Can you help me?”

And they just – Click.

Hang up.

Or else I would get an answering machine or something.

So finally I got hold of, I think it was an Assemblies of God Pastor, and he was, “Oh, Praise the Lord. Bring them over. We even have a guy in our church who is a farmer, and he has an industrial strength furnace. It will burn anything. Even if you put steel in it, it will melt.”

So I drove all the way over there.

And delivered 8 or 10 boxes of books and a couple of boxes of robes and assorted other things and swords and things.

And he kind of sat with me and made sure that I understood what it meant to be saved and all that.

And basically I started going to that church for a while.

So that was more or less what happened.

But then the other side of it was … see, that particular denomination at least at that time … now, we are talking 20 years ago … didn’t believe that a Christian could have a demon.

And so they just, “Oh, well, he’s saved. Glory to God.”. Whatever.

And I was still having some issues.

And circumstances led me to go on my own pastor’s advice to find a different church.

And at that church the pastor believed that a Christian could have a demon.

And he was an old seasoned pastor.

While the first pastor was young – he was fresh out of Bible school.

And he said, “Well obviously you and your wife need Deliverance.”

And so they sat down with us and also another relative that we had led to the Lord.

And basically prayed and we all got set free, of just an enormous amount of demonic stuff.

So that’s often a necessity.

The two things you need to do beyond Salvation – that’s the most important thing – but beyond Salvation the most important thing is to get rid of all of this junk because it can have tendrils that sort of reach out to you and call you back you to it.

And it can also be an open doorway that will give the Devil access to come in and trouble your house.

And the second thing would be that probably you are going to need some sort of Deliverance, and to find a church that hopefully knows what they are doing with that and if not you can certainly contact our Ministry and we will try to do what we can to help you.

We even have a book on how to do it called Blood on the Doorpost.

S: Okay. Thank you.

You mentioned earlier that you actually have still got the Satanic Bible buried away out in your back shed or something.

B: Mhm.

S: So how does that come in?

B: Well, that’s the funny thing.

When we were called into full time Ministry in Seattle, because we were living in Dubuque when I got saved, the oddest thing happened.

We had led this guy to the Lord who was one of our former coven members.

And he was a Satanist.

And we got him saved.

All praise to Yahweh for that.

And what happened was is that he knew we were leaving and one morning he shows up like about 2 days before we were ready to leave.

And he had a trunk full of Satanic and occult books.

And he said, “God told me to give you these. I was going to burn them. But He says that you might need them in your new Ministry.” (laugh)

And it was almost everything that I had burned.

Plus a few things that we didn’t have.

Because you know, new books come out and all that.

And so that’s how I got the Satanic Bible and the Necromonicon and some of these other creepy books.

And we have prayed over them of course.

We pled the blood … and that usually destroys most of their occult power and their ability to harm.

But still, unless you have a legitimate reason for them…

I mean, if you are Minister or an occult apologist or a Deliverance Minister or a Pastor, you might have a legitimate reason.

But if you are just some – I hate to say ‘normal’ Christian – that doesn’t have any of those things, then you probably had better not have those books in your house.

S: I see.

If someone knows someone who’s involved in any of this stuff, what would you advise them to do?

B: Well, I mean it depends on what level of stuff you are talking about.

But in any case, don’t be afraid.

You need to pray for them.

And kind of like I said I think earlier, you need to pray that the spirits that are deceiving them be prevented from doing so.

You need to pray that witnessing encounters be opened up.

You know, for the person to be in just the right place emotionally.

Like, I had to be in the right place emotionally to finally hear the Gospel, because the Gospel was presented to me 5 years before I actually got saved.

And I wasn’t ready for it.

So sometimes it’s a matter of timing.

And the other thing is to pray that that person would have other people come to them, as you have come to them, with the testimony of Yahushua and have them be credible people.

What ever that means – like if you are seeing a person who is a Witch, maybe an ex-Witch would come to them and tell them about Yahushua.

Or if they are someone who is older, maybe someone who is more in their age group.

You know, someone who would have legitimacy.

Those are the key things.

Now we have resources in our Ministry.

Like we have a little booklet about how to witness to New Agers and Occultists and Witches.

We have another booklet about how to witness to Mormons and another booklet about how to witness to Freemasons.

And we have whole books on some of these things.

So we try to have resources available to help people, because some people haven’t the foggiest idea about how to do it.

Because it is different.

When you are dealing with someone who is in a false religion, whatever that religion might be, you first of all have to chip away – it’s kind of like painting an old house.

You have to remove the old paint before you apply the new paint of the Gospel.

S: I see.

And from your own point of view, what can Satan do to people?

B: Anything he wants, unless you are a Christian.

I mean, he can kill you.

He can fry you alive.

And especially if you are not Born Again, then he is like the Bible says, he is like a roaring lion.

He came to steal, kill and destroy.

And if you are not under the blood protection of Yahushua, and Heavenly Father, then you are just – you know – he’ll deceive you, he’ll destroy you, he’ll do anything he can to ruin your life,

And make you think are you are loving it every step of the way.

If you are a Christian, then he’s sort of like a yappy dog on a short leash.

You know, you see these little yappy dogs sometimes when you are out walking – YAP, YAP, YAP – but he can’t really touch you unless he has permission from the Father.

And one of the things that can mainly give that permission is if you have some besetting sin in your life or if you have occult artifacts and things in your house that might be keeping an open doorway.

So normally the Devil normally has a very, very limited range of access of what he can do to Christians, unless of course you do something that’s stupid.

S I see.

And from your own point of view, what can Yahushua do for people.

B: Everything.

You know, the funny thing is that people get into the occult because they think they want power.

They think they want to see — woo, woo, woo – you know, weird stuff – tables floating around, or people even being healed psychically or whatever.

And I will honestly tell you, I was in the occult for 16 years.

I have now been a Christian for 21 years.

And that’s just because I have 5 more years at it.

I have probably seen 10 times the wonderful things, the miracles, that Yahushua can do, over what I did and what other people around me that I saw did in the occult.

Just healings, marvelous things.

Things like – like when I was in the occult, I never saw someone dematerialize an entire semi truck.

S: Mmm.

B: You know, stuff like that.

And, yes, I had a few weird little things, miraculous things that happened every now and again when I was into this stuff, but nothing compared to what I have seen since I have been serving the true and living God.

S: Wonderful.

What books and videos do you have that you recommend that people look at for further research?

B: Well, in terms of – let’s start at the beginning.

In terms of Wicca, we have our book Wicca, Satan’s little white lie which is as far as I know the only book out there that was written by a former Witch, from a Christian perspective.

And it’s basically written as an Evangelistic tool to help Witches get saved.

We have Masonry beyond the light which as you might imagine is written for Masons and for people who want to learn more about Masonry.

We also have Mormonism’s Temple of Doom which is obviously about Mormonism.

And then we have the sequel to “Mormonism’s Temple of Doom” which is “Whited Sepulchres” which is about the architecture of the Mormon Temple.

Then we have Lucifer Dethroned which is sort of Sharon’s and my autobiography.

It basically gives you almost everything that is on this video, but in a book form.

And then we have Space Invaders which is written about the UFO controversy and how it’s being used as a deception today in this final day.

And then we have Blood on the Doorpost which is our Deliverance manual, Spiritual Warfare manual that some people have been kind enough to say is like a graduate course in Spiritual Warfare.

Additionally we have many videos.

Our two best selling videos are probably “Exposing the Illuminati from within” and “The Medical Conspiracy”.

We also have videos on Masonry, on Mormonism – almost all of the same things we have in our books, we have on video.

Because some people don’t like to read books.

They want to see videos or DVDs.

And additionally we have tracts.

We have more than 60 little booklets called “Straight Talks” on various resources.

Like how to witness to people, what about things like homosexuality, what about things like Dungeons and Dragons, stuff like that.

We have more than 115 things on our website, which is www.withoneaccord.org

S: Thank you.

Thank you Bill for this fantastic information and for all of the time you have put for us. And it’s just wonderful that you have put your life on the line like this.

I’m sure that a lot of our viewers are as amazed at this fantastic information as I am.

And, I would like to hand it over to you to make any final comments and to finish with a prayer.

B: Sure, sure.

Well, first of all I want to thank you and your husband Michael for the opportunity to do this.

I appreciate that you have given this opportunity.

Because never before has all this information been put in one resource.

So that’s a real blessing.

But as far as closing remarks, I think what I would like to say is, first of all, I hope that none of what I have said has caused fear.

Because the spirit of fear is not of Yahweh.

It’s of the Devil.

And I don’t mean to cause people to be fearful.

Because as weird as some of these things are, as terrifying as some of these things might sound, and even maybe unbelievable, the fact of the matter is that they are real.

But all of them just serve to show how much greater Yahweh God is.

And let me just illustrate something.

When, I think it was Milton, wrote “Paradise Lost” and he had this scene in which he portrayed the Devil as this massive, huge being the size of a continent.

And just this huge, awesome being.

And someone criticized him.

And Milton was a Christian.

A very devout Christian.

And someone criticized him and said, “Why have you made the Devil so powerful?”

And he said, “First of all, because he is.

But second of all, because just think how much greater God is.

Because the Devil is just a creature.

And just realize how much awesome God is.”

So I want you to realize that even though some of this stuff sounds very much like the TV show “The X Files” or kind of scary stuff, don’t be afraid of it.

Unless you are not a Christian.

If you are not a Christian, then yes, you need to be afraid.

As the saying goes, “Be very afraid.”

Because Satan is out there as I said a few minutes ago, he is out there to steal, kill and destroy.

And he is after not only your body, he is after your soul.

And I talked about how I became a Christian and what I would like to end this with is to just give anybody who is watching this an opportunity to do that.

If you do not know for sure that you are Born Again, then you need to pray with me in a minute.

Now, you might say to me, “Okay, Preacher, I was baptized as an infant, I go to church every Sunday, whatever the case might be.”

Well, that’s nice, but that doesn’t make you a Christian.

What makes you a Christian is if you believe that Yahushua, Jesus Christ, is God Almighty, that he died on the cross for your sins and that he rose from the dead. And that it is his sacrifice alone that saves you.

Not because you were baptized.

Not because you do good things.

Not because you go to church, or receive Holy Communion or something like that.

None of that has to do with salvation.

Some of those things might be things you do after salvation.

But you are saved – the Bible says in Ephesians 2 “you are saved by grace through faith, not works, lest any man should boast.”

So if you are trusting in your good deeds and the fact that you are a nice person to get you to Heaven, I’m afraid you are lost.

Because – you might think, “Well, I’m a lot nicer than this weird guy. I mean, he was drinking blood and practising Witchcraft.”

Well, you might be a nicer guy than I was.

But if you have committed even one sin in your life, you are on your way to Hell unless you have prayed the prayer and meant it that I am about to lead you through.

And understand something.

You need to be sincere in this.

It’s not just enough to mumble some words and then go off and think you can live like the Devil.

Some Christians have done that.

You have to mean this.

And you have to be willing to not only make Yahushua your savior but also to make him your Lord.

So, that means, when you pray this prayer, you have to be serious.

So, I’m just going to lead you now in this prayer.

It doesn’t matter where you are at.

You know, you don’t have to be in a church to pray like this.

You can pray this … when I was saved I prayed at the foot of my bed.

And that worked just as well as being inside some big, fancy church.

So, anyhow, I want you to just follow me in this prayer.

And I just want you to mean this with all your heart.

“Lord Yahushua, Jesus, I come to you now.

I know that I am a sinner.

I know that I have made mistakes in my life.

I ask you, Lord Jesus, Yahushua, to save me from my sins.

I ask you, Lord Yahushua, to be the Lord of my life.

I confess that Yahushua died on the cross for my sins.

I confess that he rose from the dead to give me eternal life.

Please save me from my sins and be the Lord and Master of my life.

Also, Lord Yahushua, please help me to follow your commandments and to keep your law and to stay as close to you as possible throughout my life.

In Yahushua’s mighty name, I pray. Amen”.

Okay, now, if you prayed that prayer and you really meant it, and obviously if you have never done it before, it means that you are now Born Again.

And that was the most important decision that you could ever make.

Now what you need to do is start getting a hold of a Bible.

We recommend the King James Bible very strongly because it’s the easiest one to find and it’s the most powerful one to read.

Also, you need to find a good church where the Bible is preached and if you have any questions about these sorts of things, please contact us.

We have literature, free literature, that we can send you to start you on your walk as a newborn believer in Yahushua.

So, thank you, and I would like to end with the blessing that Yahweh God gave to Moses back when the nation of Israel was first started.

May Yahweh God bless and keep you.

May he make his face to shine upon you and be gracious unto you.

May Yahweh lift up his countenance upon you and give you Shalom.

In the name of Yahushua ha Mashiach, Jesus Christ.

Amen.

PURCHASE THE DVDS FROM WWW.EXVAMPIRE.COM

 

Part 1

Part 2: Channelling, Freemasonry

Part 3: Freemasonry, Catholicism, Mormonism

Part 4: Catholic Church, Luciferianism, Satanism

Part 5: Satanism, Saturn

Part 6: Black magic, White Magic, Satanism, Mormonism

Part 7: Mormonism, Reptilians, Satanism, Voodoo, Zombies

Part 8: Black magic, Walt Disney, Vampirism

Part 9: Vampires, Werewolves, Illuminati

 

————-

ExVampireFullPageCMYK150dpi-reduced-650

10X10-white-spacer

Bill Schnoebelen’s Website: WithOneAccord.org

 

 

 

 


Print pagePDF pageEmail page

Dimensional Portal Opening Near Cuba

$
0
0

Dimensional Portal Opening Near Cuba

U.S. Military Responding

Submarine-650

We normally do not post any information that came to us as a rumor, however this had a ring of truth to it. It might also be connected to the Bermuda Triangle disappearances (if there is one of these portals in Cuba, could there be others nearby?)

Is this the real reason why the USA is normalizing it’s relationship with Cuba?

Breaking Rumor –

A whispered rumor running around the Florida docks : a very large excavation of secret artifacts in Cuban Waters.

Will be a joint effort with Cuba. hence sudden relations.

It’s of super high importance, it’s very, very ancient.

Talk is, it is a portal into an unknown dimension and contact with life forms there has occurred. When the portal is engaged from our side, 33 other locations around the planet resonate.

portal-650

There are other nations navy and subs pouring into the gulf region are very aggressive to access the site. The other life forms are demanding we follow certain protocols, what those are is unknown.

They hold favor for a certain group of humans descended from an ancient bloodline that was once all over north, central and south America. South America being the most concentrated. This was long before Spanish and Indonesian people’s arrived there…

There are many who know about this that congregate the docks.

It’s a matter of time that it can’t be suppressed any longer.

This post was posted anonymously and almost buried on a very old and very long thread:

http://www.godlikeproductions.com/forum1/message1113586/pg1599

Of course, it’s only a rumor..please follow this yourself and be sure to read every article at Metatech.org .


————-

Copyright ©: Stephanie Relfe 2015 – 3000

This article, or parts of this article may be copied as long as no alterations are made, you mention and link to www.Metatech.org or www.Relfe.com

www.TheMarsRecords.com

www.MetaTech.org

www.Relfe.com

www.ExVampire.com

www.PerfectHealthSystem.com

www.PerfectHealthDVD.com

www.SynergisticKinesiology.com

www.YoureNotFatYoureToxic.com

10X10-white-spacer

10X10-white-spacer

10X10-white-spacer

new-world-order-mind-control-commands 10X10-white-spacer

10X10-white-spacer

10X10-white-spacer

DISCLAIMER: The information on this website is not medical science or medical advice. This information is not backed up by scientific evidence. This is just for your information. This information and these products have not been evaluated by the FDA. These products and information are not intended to diagnose, treat, cure or prevent any disease, disorder, pain, injury, deformity, or physical or mental condition. Results are not typical. Individual results may vary. Because every person's situation is different , the author of this article will not be held responsible for any negative results which come from reading or acting upon the information in this article. Use at your own risk. We make no medical claims for any products, nor do we sell them or offer them for the treatment for any ailment.

Up to 1/3 of this article may be copied as long as no alterations are made, you mention the author and link to www.Relfe.com

Disclosure: The owner of this website is a participant in the Amazon Services LLC Associates Program, an affiliate advertising program designed to provide a means for sites to earn advertising fees by advertising and linking to Amazon properties including, but not limited to, amazon.com, endless.com, myhabit.com, smallparts.com, or amazonwireless.com.


Print pagePDF pageEmail page

Water Powers Spiritual Warfare & Meditation

$
0
0

Water Powers Spiritual Warfare and Meditation

by Stephanie Relfe

water_and_hands

Recently Michael and I and some others did a group visualization, spiritual warfare and prayers to get rid of some of the negativity on earth. Over the course of a number of days after that, I thought about what we intended, and wondered why it had not manifested.  Then, several days later, when I was doing the dishes, I ‘saw’ how there were certain evil forces and/or invisible spiritual technology protecting various things involved with what my attention was on.

I then prayed in Jesus’ name to destroy those things, and greatly coughed, gagging and spluttered quite drastically when I did this – which is always a good sign that something is actually happening. (I’m coughing now as I write, at the thought of it).

Here’s the interesting thing – my realization and my ability to ‘see’ what was going on on a spiritual level, happened when I was doing the dishes. That is, when my hands were in water.  

I believe that water does something to disconnect us from the matrix, the hive mind, on earth.

A number of years ago we gave up cleaning the dishes in the dishwasher because my sense of smell increased so greatly after the birth of our son that I could smell very strongly how incredibly corrosive and poisonous are the fumes from dishwasher detergent (which makes sense, since the dishes have to be cleaned with chemicals rather than manual labor). We committed not to hurt ourselves or the dolphins and other sealife anymore by using dishwasher detergent. Instead, most of the time we wash the dishes with normal dish soap and place them in the dishwasher for rinsing only. (Unfortunately we have to use a tiny bit of dishwasher detergent occasionally to keep mold out).

I digress – back to the story. Since I have been doing the dishes by hand, rather than by the dishwasher, I have had literally hundreds of realizations about various things going on with us, our comrades and associates (who often have had weird things happen to them and therefore many questions as to what is going on with them) and the world in general, but each time it was when I was doing the dishes. I joke now that even if I will never be able to give up doing the dishes, because this effect is so powerful.

So, my thought is, from now on, when you do a meditation and/or prayer and/or visualization a/or spiritual warfare to make a change in your life or the world, put your hands or feet in warm water while you do it. (Cold water is too distracting. You should be comfortable).

There is so much more to the power of water that we do not know about. We do, however, have clues:

  • Bill Schnoebelen told us that when he was a vampire he was not able to cross any place that had flowing water under it. (Just as he was not able to enter a house unless the person told him to come in. That is why you must remove the ‘welcome’ mat from your house. It gives demons permission to come into your house).
  • Different words can create different patterns in frozen water. Therefore, since our bodies are around 70% water, you should never wear any words, symbols or pictures that portray anything negative. That means T-Shirts and other clothing as well as tattoos.

www.relfe.com/wp/spiritual/miraculous-messages-water

Ye shall not make any cuttings in your flesh for the dead, nor print any marks upon you: I [am] the LORD.” Leviticus 19:28

  • Water is used traditionally to cleanse places of evil spirits. Maybe it wasn’t all superstition after all.
  • Feeling that your headache maybe be from spiritual attack or suppression? Have a shower and see if it doesn’t disappear within minutes. There’s that flowing water theme again.
  • About three years ago, it started that whenever I talked on the phone with an abductee, my eyes would close, as though I was falling asleep. I believe this is because I am an empath, and recently my knowledge of and ability to confront the evil that the reptilians and aliens are doing to people has increased. Therefore, I am now able to access more of the charge that the person has from hidden suppressed memories. There is so much unconsciousness involved, that it closes my eyes. Even when I hang up the phone, I can barely keep my eyes open. That is, until I splash a good amount of water on my third eye a couple of times. Then, my eyes instantly open up again.

Try what adding the power of water does to your spiritual warfare and meditation. When you do a meditation, prayer, spiritual warfare or visualization: to make important changes in your life or the world, cover your hands in warm water:

1. Have a hand towel handy.

2. Get a large class or ceramic bowls or casserole dish for each person. No metal – it disrupts meridians (energy flows) in the body.

3. Warm each bowl up with hot water (or the water will go cold while you are praying, and distract you).

4. Fill each with water that is as warm as possible.

5. Each person does their prayer / meditation / spiritual warfare with their hands fully immersed in the water. Make sure palms are covered.

Yin & Yang are on your palm

Note from Michael Relfe – The following happened to me in 1997. When you think about #5 above, remember this story and maybe they are related.

I was working on a project in Sydney , Australia and it required me to attend a trade show related to computer and electronic equipment. While visiting various booths I stopped at one that had thermal imaging devices for sale. The salesman allowed me to demo their $25,000 thermal imaging viewer. It looked alot like a small camcorder. I scanned the crowd and the building and it was very strange seeing the temeprature changes. Then I looked at my own hand. In the palm of my hand I could see the curved line of the yin and yang symbol! Very strange.

480px-Ying_yang_signToday we did this for the following spiritual warfare prayer, for all our comrades who work for God and Yeshua, and I feel an immense feeling of power, energy and happiness, as though something bad has been removed from my body, after doing this. I feel a higher sense of definition. First we sang this hymn –

 

 

Then we said these prayers:

SPIRITUAL WARFARE PRAYER

Prayer for a person and their family, or a group

  1. Thank you for the power of the Living God given to _______ to defeat Satan and Associates. Bless _______ in the midst of his/her friends and enemies. Make him/her a blessing to all he/she encounters. May the ministry and life of _______ bring great honor and glory to God.
  2. Grant _______ discernment in kowing how to pray regarding his/her warfare activity. Keepm him/her from manipulative praying or self-centered/pride-based prayer.
  3. Remind _______ that ministry is not by his/her might, power nor abilities but in the Spirit of the Living God. Use _______’s spiritual gifts, talents and experiences to their maximum ability in the warfare situations.
  4. Provide _______ with allof the Holy Spirit based protection he/she needs.
  5. Keep _______ from getting lured into what he/she is fighting. Keep his/her focus on Christ, not the problem.
  6. Fully clothe _______ in the Power of God (Shekinah Glory) and in the armor of God (Ephesians 6:11-18).
  7. Send strong prayer support to Heaven on behalf of _______ as he/she wars in the spirit world and with alien, reptilians, fallen angels and all other associates of Lucifer.
  8. Regularly remind _______ that the people he/she encounters in spiritual warfare are not the enemy, Satan and his associates are. The individuals are people whom Jesus loves, died for and desires for them to come to Christ.
  9. Make _______ passionate about Jesus and the setting free of people who are spirit warfare captives. Help him/her to be compassionate towards the victims.
  10. Help _______ to clearly hear and receive instructions and knowledge from the Lord for the battle. Grant him/her a clear sense of authority in Christ through prayer.
  11. Direct _______ to know and follow the Will and Word of God at all times.
  12. May _______ be a pure instrument fit for the Master’s use during the battle. Empower him/her to confess all known and unknown sin before entering the battle.
  13. Spiritually and physically protect _______’s family and possessions from any attack Satan would launch at them.
  14. Give _______ and his/her family everything necessary to survive well and prosper, and so that they may be more effective in the battle.
  15. May _______ be guided as to how to most effectively win the war.<
  16. Grant _______ strong and correct understanding of the Scriptures for doing battle.
  17. May _______’s mind be the mid of Christ (Philippians 2:5)
  18. Empower _______ to pray in the Holy Spirit, not in the flesh. Fill and empower him/her with the Spirit of God. May _______’s behavior and actions be controlled by the Holy Spirit.
  19. Grant  _______ the spirit of faith that believes and knows God’s powre in dealing with Satan and evil.
  20. Keep  _______ from giving Satan too much credit or not enough credit in the battle. Give him/her discernment at all times. Give him/her Godly wisdom, love and balance for fighting the war.
  21. Give  _______ Heavenly wisdom and practical common sense when fighting the battle.
  22. May the words of  _______’ mouth and meditations of his/her heart always be pure and Holy.
  23. Make  _______ mentally aggressive in prayer, praying God’s thoughts back to Him while doing warfare.
  24. Give  _______ a teachable spirit and learning heart that dailyu is willing to learn what God desires to teach him/her.
  25. May  _______ not be ignorant of Satan, fallen angels, aliens, reptilians and all other evil beings and their devices. Help him/her to put on the whole armor of God that he/she may be able to stand against he wiles of the Devil (Ephesians 6:11).
  26. Help  _______ to increase daily in the love, knowledge, power and divinity of God.
  27. Empower  _______ to use God breathed prayers when doing warfare. (Psalms 91, Ephesians 1,3)
  28. Grant  _______ the faith and courage he/she needs to go and do whatever it is that God wills for  _______.
  29. Strengthen  _______ so that he/she does not grow weary while being involved in life and spiritual warfare. Give them spiritual and physical strength, energy and Holy joy at all times.
  30. Remind  _______ that the battle belongs to God, not to them. The battle IS the Lord’s.
  31. May _______ be in the right place at the right time, doing the right thing and saying the right thing, at all times.

Try doing spiritual warfare, prayer and meditation with your hands covered in water. Please send me any stories of experiences you have, that are related to this article.

waterfall

roses bunch of red 2

 

10X10-white-spacer

10X10-white-spacer

10X10-white-spacer

new-world-order-mind-control-commands 10X10-white-spacer

10X10-white-spacer

10X10-white-spacer

DISCLAIMER: The information on this website is not medical science or medical advice. This information is not backed up by scientific evidence. This is just for your information. This information and these products have not been evaluated by the FDA. These products and information are not intended to diagnose, treat, cure or prevent any disease, disorder, pain, injury, deformity, or physical or mental condition. Results are not typical. Individual results may vary. Because every person's situation is different , the author of this article will not be held responsible for any negative results which come from reading or acting upon the information in this article. Use at your own risk. We make no medical claims for any products, nor do we sell them or offer them for the treatment for any ailment.

Up to 1/3 of this article may be copied as long as no alterations are made, you mention the author and link to www.Relfe.com

Disclosure: The owner of this website is a participant in the Amazon Services LLC Associates Program, an affiliate advertising program designed to provide a means for sites to earn advertising fees by advertising and linking to Amazon properties including, but not limited to, amazon.com, endless.com, myhabit.com, smallparts.com, or amazonwireless.com.

————-

Copyright ©: Stephanie Relfe 2015 – 3000

This article, or parts of this article may be copied as long as no alterations are made, you mention and link to www.Metatech.org or www.Relfe.com

www.TheMarsRecords.com

www.MetaTech.org

www.Relfe.com

www.ExVampire.com

www.PerfectHealthSystem.com

www.PerfectHealthDVD.com

www.SynergisticKinesiology.com

www.YoureNotFatYoureToxic.com


Print pagePDF pageEmail page

Give Evil Beings Spiritual Death with your Spiritual Sword

$
0
0

Give Evil Beings Spiritual Death

with your Spiritual Sword

sword-600w

All of us are being affected either directly or indirectly by the many evil beings on this planet. In order to stop the current downslide direction of systems of government and business, and the degenerating behavior of people, each of us must do what we can to remove evil beings from earth.  Then our government and business leaders, who are mostly spiritual dummies, can wake up and start realizing that we will all be better off if we all do only good things. This article will show how you can make a really big, permanent difference to your family, groups, town, state, country and planet, and it won’t cost you a cent.

Not everyone gets attacked spiritually, to the same degree as other people.  If a person is a good little sheeple, as I once was, and doing what the evil ones like you to do, and making no positive difference in the world, you will probably think that I am nuts to talk about spiritual attack. When I was a sheeple and starting to wake up, there was one day when I thought I was under spiritual attack, because I felt so awful on that day. However, I had just learned how to do kinesiology and accurate muscle testing, and when I went to a friend to give me a balance to feel good again, and find out if I was under spiritual attack, the cause turned out to be not spiritual, but chemical/nutritional.  The cause was actually just too much sugar.

So, not everyone who thinks that they are being spiritually attacked is correct. Accurate muscle testing can identify what’s going on. Believe it or not, the human body is able to access information about anyone at anytime, anywhere. Try it for yourself and if you do this enough you will get to see the truth of this. (Note: This is very different from getting information by dowsing, which we do not recommend). It is quite likely that this is one of the reasons why the oligarchs have done so much to make sure that applied kinesiology and muscle testing are still known by relatively few people, even though it regularly gives people amazing results. Get some one to say “Barack Obama” and see how their arms go weak when tested – not a good sign.

I have no idea exactly how the body is able to give all the information that it does, but I believe it has something to do with two things. Firstly, your body has an electrical field around it. Anything that enters this field interacts with the body. The brain processes this information. You ‘talk’ directly to the brain by muscle testing.

Secondly, there is a theory that both our brains and the universe are holograms. An example of a hologram is one of those 3-D pictures you see in cubes, which are made from lasers. The special thing about a hologram is that if you break the hologram into many different pieces, each piece will then contain a perfect picture of the original. We are all connected energetically to everything. That is why it is so important for each of us to be the very best we can be, to raise others up. For more information and understanding of this, I highly recommend that you read the brilliant book The Holographic Universe by Michael Talbot. This brilliant book is very easy to read. I cannot recommend it highly enough. This information should be taught in all schools.

Michael and I will often muscle test each other, sometimes when lying in bed before going to sleep, to get information about ourselves and what is going on in the world.

However, once we took on our ministry, and starting doing things that were directly aimed both physically and spirtually against dissolving the power structures of the evil ones, we started to come under real spiritual attack. How do I know this? Because we would develop a symptom, then muscle test, and if it was spiritual, Michael would do deliverance, that is, bind the beings causing the problems, in Jesus’ name, and send them wherever God wanted them. As soon as that was done, the symptom would vanish.

Over the years, just some of the symptoms we have experienced are:

  • Intense anger out of nowhere, for no reason.
  • Pain in chest.
  • Pain in ankles or other joints.
  • Pain in stomach.
  • Pain in head.
  • Burning, intense pains, in just one spot, like a red, hot poker.
  • Difficulty breathing.
  • Racing heart.
  • Choking.
  • Appalling nightmares so bad I would wake up screaming so loudly that my throat was sore for a while afterwards. The first time this happened was around 2011. I had virtually never had nightmares my whole life, except for some in my childhood of monsters taking me and my siblings (these no doubt came from the fact that we had to walk quite a long way on our own to and from elementary school, and I was scared to, after being told that people try to pick up  and murder children, and my mother refused to take us in the car).

Nearly all of these nightmares were similar. They lasted much less than a second, about as fast as a gun shot, thus giving me no time to respond. I am sure these nightmares were meant to kill me. There was a blast of energy, so powerful, that I was convinced it had killed me and everyone around me, and there was nothing but blackness and despair and the most awful feeling of total hopelessness you can possibly imagine. When I woke up screaming, I was surprised to find that I was alive.

The screaming was so bad my throat hurt for a while afterwards. These nightmares reminded me of the stories I have heard of totally healthy people going to bed and never waking up again. In some cases in China, the person’s hair was been found to turn white.

We continually prayed and muscle tested to find out how these attacks were getting through. There is always a reason for something like this happening. The curse causeless shall not come. Proverbs 26:2. It took us many years to find out what the legal hole was that allowed these attacks to happen, but fortunately, I eventually found out what this was caused by a portal from a mirror, and how to stop them. 

One day around 2004, Michael and I were coming under intense spiritual attack. However, this time was different. 

When we were being attacked, as usual, I would muscle test Michael to see what kind of beings were attacking us, and how many of them there were. Our current catalog for identification includes the following:

Beings without bodies

  • Fallen Angels.
  • Celestial Beings, including but not limited to:
    • Powers.
    • Principalities.
    • Kingdoms.
    • Thrones.
    • Dominions.
    • World Rulers.
  • Old Ones.
  • Deep Ones.
  • Little “g” gods (eg Roman gods, Greek gods, Elder gods, Lesser gods)).
  • Demigods.
  • Unknowns.
  • Emissaries of Lucifer.
  • Lucifer (Probably not the real thing. More likely beings working directly for lucifer calling themselves after his name, the way that servants in England called themselves after their master on occasion – see the movie “Gosford Park”).
  • Others not mentioned.

Beings with bodies

  • Aliens, including:
    • Grays.
    • Tall grays.
    • Insectoids.
    • Tall Whites (Nordics, Nazi Aryans).
    • Grasshopper aliens.
    • Darx (this is a new species that we discovered).
  • Reptilians (Reptilians are not aliens because they are native to earth)
  • Draconians (These look like tall, skinny Reptilians, possibly with wings. They are a different species to Reptilians and seem to usually be superior to the Reptilians. Some are on the planet Draco).
  • Humans, including
    • Military and INTEL members.
    • Religious Cult groups.
    • Occult Groups (witches, satanists, ceremonial magicians).
  • Others not mentioned.

I was getting so sick of what was going on, and not being able to do something more concrete. I cried out to God to ask Him what I could do to help Michael. I did a meditation, and went to a place in my mind called my Sacred Space, which is a beautiful place of nature, where I sometimes find answers. No one is allowed in this space without my permission.

There is a beach in this place. When I went there this time, I found a very large rock. A sword was stuck in it. I pulled out the sword, and looked at it, and thought to myself, “This is the Sword of Excalibur.”

In that moment I instantly understood that this sword could give beings spiritual death. When we ‘die’ we don’t really die – we just drop the body. The spirit lives on. Read stories about near-death experiences, and you will learn how people feel wonderful when they drop the body. But spirits can be killed permanently, as will happen one day to Lucifer and the other fallen angels.

I realized also that the spiritual Sword of Excalibur that I saw in my meditation, was the same Sword of the Spirit that one prays for when one prays to put on the armor of God, that is in the bible. It’s not a decorative item. It has a real purpose. Just as the angels are fighting a spiritual war above us, you can too. And possibly because you are in an earthly body, you have spiritual rights to kill beings on this planet, that the angels are not allowed to touch.

From that day, when we both started using the Sword of the Spirit to kill whatever muscle testing told us was attacking us (or just using it anyway, when on our own, and trusting God to help us out), our lives improve dramatically. Spiritual attacks and drama decreased noticeably. The great thing about spiritual warfare is that if you pray “wrong”, nothing bad happens except that if you keep praying, God will put it in your mind how to pray “right”.

Here is a suggestion for a prayer for the whole armor of God. Do this daily, especially before leaving your home, or going to sleep:

“Heavenly Father, in the name of the Lord Jesus Christ, I now put upon myself and all present the full armor of God, the armor of Light, the Breastplate of Righteousness, the Shield of Faith, the Helmet of Salvation, the Sword of the Spirit, the Belt of Truth, the Garment of Vengeance, the Cloak of Zeal, and any other part of the armor of God that I do not know about, and my feet shod with the gospel of peace.” (Eph 6:13, Isaiah 59:17)

Here is a suggestion for how to use the Sword of the Spirit

Download the MP3 Prayers  

Hear them on Youtube

If you know how to do accurate muscle testing, it helps a lot to first use muscle testing to identify:

  • How many types of beings are involved.
  • The types of beings (use list above for a guide).
  • The total number of each type of being.

1. Bind the beings

First say a prayer to bind the beings that are attacking you:

“Heavenly Father, in the name of Lord Jesus Christ, I ask you to please send billions and trillions of legions of angels to bind all these beings (name the beings) attacking me and please deliver these beings to me for their total destruction. In Jesus name, Father I ask you to prevent me from being harmed when I do this and please prevent anyone from knowing that I did this and please keep all knowledge of what I do now hidden from all the enemy.”

2. Kill them Spiritually

The beings have been delivered to you. They are bound together in a small area. Now, physically lift your arms and hands and ‘see’ yourself holding a giant sword. Say this prayer as you physically slice and thrust all the evil ones you sense. Keep doing it until you feel they are destroyed.

“In the name of the Lord Jesus Christ, I kill and destroy these beings now.”

Anytime you feel any kind of negative oppression or craziness, use your sword. For example, you can use it to kill the demons that give power to remote viewers. It is our experience that many people with metaphysical abilities are being used as Michael was by the U.S. Navy, and people with the most valuable abilities have personal remote viewers assigned to them 24 hours a day. (Valuable abilities include sending, opening portals, manifesting, changing timelines, killing with the mind and seeing the future).

Even if the people doing the remote viewing cannot be harmed (since they are just pawns in the game), you can kill the demons that give them their remote viewing abilities and render them harmless. Metaphysical abilities can come from demons, or they can be a natural gift from God that can never be used for evil purposes.

In addition, cleanse your area to help free yourself and earth. With at least one other person…

For where two or three are gathered together in my name, there am I in the midst of them. Matthew 18:20

visit your local government & big-business buildings (think Monsanto or vaccine companies) and masonic temples. Pour a few drops of oil on them to anoint them. Then bind all the beings, in the name of Jesus, giving power to the building and all people associated with it, and then kill them with your sword. 

I’m told by someone who can see that every Walmart has a cloud of demons flying over its roof – they could do with removing.

IMPORTANT NOTES

1) PROTECTION FOR THE BEINGS

Sometimes the being you are praying against will have protection. We have found that muscle testing as to whether or not it has protection, and what kind of protection, gives interesting results. If there is protection, you need to pray against it and/or use your spiritual sword to destroy it, before you can do anything else.

2) UNIVERSES & DIMENSIONS

Sometimes when we have been attacked, we still feel symptoms of illness / nausea type symptoms, or other symptoms, after doing spiritual warfare. In these cases, it often meant that we were tied to a dimension/s or universe/s by the beings we prayed against. A lot of black magick is to do with these. Muscle testing can identify this. Pray to break the connection, and implode the dimension/universe.

St. George & The Dragon

There is often some truth to myths. What’s interesting when you study pictures of St. George and the dragon, is that some of the ancient pictures don’t portray dragons as giant reptiles, but more as weedy-looking, human-sized, alien-looking beings. In those days, there were people who could see what is going on, because they had not had their brains damaged by vaccination, and they were fed breast milk for extended period of time.

Be like St. George. Kill reptilians and aliens.

Download the MP3 Prayers

st-george-dragon-8

st-george-dragon-1

st-george-dragon-7

st-george-dragon-6

st-george-dragon-5

st-george-dragon-2

st-george-dragon-9


P.S. Try doing it with one hand in a bowl of water.

10X10-white-spacer 10X10-white-spacer

10X10-white-spacer

10X10-white-spacer

new-world-order-mind-control-commands 10X10-white-spacer

10X10-white-spacer

10X10-white-spacer

DISCLAIMER: The information on this website is not medical science or medical advice. This information is not backed up by scientific evidence. This is just for your information. This information and these products have not been evaluated by the FDA. These products and information are not intended to diagnose, treat, cure or prevent any disease, disorder, pain, injury, deformity, or physical or mental condition. Results are not typical. Individual results may vary. Because every person's situation is different , the author of this article will not be held responsible for any negative results which come from reading or acting upon the information in this article. Use at your own risk. We make no medical claims for any products, nor do we sell them or offer them for the treatment for any ailment.

Up to 1/3 of this article may be copied as long as no alterations are made, you mention the author and link to www.Relfe.com

Disclosure: The owner of this website is a participant in the Amazon Services LLC Associates Program, an affiliate advertising program designed to provide a means for sites to earn advertising fees by advertising and linking to Amazon properties including, but not limited to, amazon.com, endless.com, myhabit.com, smallparts.com, or amazonwireless.com.

————-

Copyright ©: Stephanie Relfe 2015 – 3000

This article, or parts of this article may be copied as long as no alterations are made, you mention and link to www.Metatech.org or www.Relfe.com

www.TheMarsRecords.com

www.MetaTech.org

www.Relfe.com

www.ExVampire.com

www.PerfectHealthSystem.com

www.PerfectHealthDVD.com

www.SynergisticKinesiology.com

www.YoureNotFatYoureToxic.com


Print pagePDF pageEmail page

Manifest What You Want with a Group Visualization

$
0
0

Manifest What You Want

with a Group Visualization

procyon

Procyon

A group visualization changes the power of manifesting what you want from a candle light to a laser beam. Your group can be as small as two people.

The beginning of my journey fighting aliens began in Sydney Australia around 1990, when a fellow clearing practitioner brought back from the USA the book Matrix II, a 660 page collection of documents, by Val Valerian, of www.TruFax.org. This was in the days before the internet. After reading Matrix II,  which contains much information and drawings of aliens, abductions, underground bases and similar subjects. I walked around in total shock, hardly speaking at all (most unusual for me), after reading this book.

Matrix II

However, it isn’t all bad. There are two pages in that book that I have always kept to remind me of how we can get out of this mess, no matter how bad things may look. Michael and I do not agree with all of the following, and some of it is over simplified. However, part of this speaks to my soul as though there is much truth in it. Here are those two pages. The most important points to remember are #2 and #11.

Service to Others

1. There is a species from Procyon that has had a hand in the genetic development of humans and were involved with the initial interbreeding with primitive humans.

(Note by Stephanie Relfe: This reminds me of the Arisians in our favorite Lensmen SciFi series of books, by E.E.Doc Smith, which we highly recommend you read, especially books #2-6. Most interestingly, we know a multiple-abductee with powerful metaphysical abilities, who reads a lot, but falls asleep almost instantly whenever she tries to read these books. Obviously, there are beings who do not want some people to read these books).

2. Procyonian basic purpose: The Law of One is service to others. They feel that All That Is will benefit if man can develop as a true social memory complex, i.e., an aligned mass consciousness of integrated biospheric entity. To them, 5 billion beings integrated as one “Awareness of Awareness” Unit in Creation is a natural state.

Each separate entity still maintains the individual unique nature, which is the sum total of its integrated experiencews, its basic differentiated identity as a spiritual entity aware of its immortality despite the use of an organic body.

3. Their airm is to help us to help ourselves by bringing humans to their full potential.

4. Failing goal #3 above, they will reap the smaller harvest of human souls and relocate them for advanced schooling elsewhere (or “elsewhen” in the event of a natural disaster).

5. Humans tend to make Savior or Satan figures out of extraterrestrial or extradensity beings. In doing so, they hope to negate responsibility for their misdeeds by appointing scapegoats. It is a self defeating strategy. If individuals do their best and work toward peace and unity of purpose, it will contribute towards correction of the imbalance. There are no guarantees.

6. “Christ-consciousness” is awe-inspiring to humans of the 3rd density. It is far more demanding to develop the full spectrum of awareness. It is up to individuals to create their destiny.

7.  The Procyonians have the ability to travel within timeframes and density levels, as well  as inbetween. Rigelian entities lack this capability. They depend on beam craft for interstellar travel. Procyonians “astrally” travel from location to location (perception to perception) as a natural function.

(Note by Stephanie Relfe: We do not recommend astral travel at this stage of human development. It is too easy to collect a bunch of demons, as there are some very seedy characters out there. It’s rather like walking through a ghetto).

8. The Procyonian craft are constructed in one piece that is fabricated within an energy Matrix and solidified as an aware living crystal that is perfectly tuned to the pilot via computer link. The craft itself has a limited awareness level.

(Note: Any being that uses living ships with high levels of awarness is practicing slavery. We presume that in this case the level of awareness is extremely low. Even rocks have a level of awareness)

9. When the beamship contains three or more crew members who are the same density as the craft, then a teleportation sequence is possible.

10. The name of the home planet of the Procyonians translates roughly as “Those who travel through time.”

11. All cultures go through states of higher technological development prior to learning that everything they have accomplished can be achieved by way of pure thought.

12. Humanity as a mass consciousness can create any destiny it chooses to create for itself.

How a Group Visualization Brought the Berlin Wall Down

The beginning of my journey out of sheeple land was back around 1998. I was single at the time, and met a man I was attracted to. He told me that he was going to do a personal development seminar called “Insight”, which lasted a few days. When he came back from the seminar, he looked directly in my eyes in a way that no one had ever done before. In that moment, I became aware of how much junk was going on in my mind – the kind of useless thoughts that can go round and round a person’s head. I decided to do the seminar to get rid of that junk.

I was concerned on one issue; at the time I had acne. I was going to get only a few hours of sleep a night, due to the seminar going late into the night, plus I had some work I had to do early in the morning. Knowing that lack of sleep made my acne worse, I figured that by the end of the seminar that my acne would have gone berzerk. In fact, the reverse happened. After the weekend, my acne cleared up!

I still don’t know what they did in that seminar. All I remember is being in a room with about 100 people, and a lot of time each of us would sit knee-to-knee opposite another person, answer questions, and then do the same to the person opposite us. I know now that looking in a person’s eyes put’s you into alpha-level. That is, it slows down your brain waves from the normal beta-level. I presume also that the questions were a way of clearing out negative thoughts from the reactive mind.

I do not recommend the seminar to anyone because I don’t believe anyone should do processes that are not explained to you beforehand and because of the obvious lack of integrity on the last day; we had been told to make no important decisions for seven days after the seminar, but at the end of the seminar, they wanted us to fork over $700 for Insight #2.

However, after that experience I knew that change was possible, and there was much more to the mind that we had been told, and thus began my journey looking for other ways to improve.

This led me to do a course that was similar to another course called “Alpha Dynamics”, that was recommended to me. At the course we learned how calming the mind and slowing it down from the normal Beta frequencies to Alpha frequencies made it possible to do things with the mind, such as heal ourselves with visualization, do distant healing on others, and make visualizations come true. Later on, I used this method to cure myself of rampant candida.

For example, at the course I was worked with a woman who was a stranger to me. She wanted to know what was happening with a friend of hers who she was very worried about, because the friend had been acting in a very negative way recently, and she wanted to know what was going on with her. As we were taught, I ‘called in’ the person and felt her spirit with my hands. Then, suddenly, while doing this, I absolutely positively knew that she was being physically beaten up by her husband. I wondered if there was anything I could do to help. I thought of that was best for her to do in this awful situation, and told her to leave him. The woman I was working with told me later that the woman left her husband soon after. Obviously, that was very powerful. This kind of technique should only be used in extreme cases, where someone is beyond being all physical help, because it is, after all, manipulative. One can only imagine how the dark side uses this kind of thing to destroy people’s lives.

Now, I am not suggesting that you use visualization for just anything, as those people were doing. But if you have are connected with God, and doing your best to fulfill his will, I believe that there is a place for doing this, especially if you pray first to confirm that God would like you to do this. After all, Jesus said,

Verily, verily, I say unto you. He that believeth on me, the works that I do shall he do also, and greater works than these shall he do. John 14:12

Other clues in the Bible that tell us that visualization that is aligned with God’s purposes are:

  • For as he thinketh in his heart, so is he. Proverbs 23:7
  • We are commanded to meditate on the Word, which involves prayerfully rolling it around in our hearts and minds. Since the Bible is full of picture stories, we will by necessity be picturing as we meditate upon Scripture (Joshua 1:8).
  • Images have the power to change me much more greatly than when I simply think a thought. That is why God says we are transformed “while we look” (2 Cor. 4:16-18).

For example, when I see myself clothed with the armor of God, it obviously influences me much more greatly than when I simply recall the Scripture verses Ephesians 6:11-17,  Isaiah 59:17. To put on the armor of God, you have to visualize it. Here is the prayer that we say when we do this:

“Heavenly Father, in the name of Jesus Christ, I now put upon myself and all present the full armor of God, the armor of Light, the Breastplate of Righteousness, the Shield of Faith, the Helmet of Salvation, the Sword of the Spirit, the Belt of Truth, the Garment of Vengeance, the Cloak of Zeal, and any other part of the armor of God that I do not know about, and my feet shod with the gospel of peace.”

  • If God did not approve of visualization, why would he counsels us at night through our dreams (Psalms. 16:7).
  • Even the Lord’s supper utilizes imagery. As Jesus broke the bread, He said, “This is My body” and as they drank the wine, He said, “This is My blood” (Matt. 26:26-28). I see this imagery as I partake of the Lord’s supper, and by doing so, it impacts me greatly every time I do it. When you do this in memory of Jesus (1 Corinthians: 11:24), visualize the spirit of Jesus flooding your body as you do so, to help you to become more closer to God.
  • The Bible is absolutely full of dreams, visions, pictures, images, and parables from cover to cover, so obviously God is big on imagery.
  • When David prayed, he used imagery (Ps. 23).
  • In the New Testament, we are told that Jesus is the Image of the invisible God, and we are to look unto Jesus. (Hebrews 12:2). So in both Old and New Testaments, God has ordained imagery as part of our approach to Him.

The world is in a great mess right now. People are a long way from doing any of hte miracles that Jesus did, let alone exceeding what he did. More is needed. For all we know, God is just waiting for us to use the abilities he gave us to improve it, with our minds and hearts.

More evidence that we should use our God-given power of changing physical reality through visualization is that the evil ones have been doing many things to greatly reduce our mind power. These have included:

  • Aerosolized thought-control vaccines, paid for and distributed by the Pentagon, which are deliberately designed to change the part of the brain that produces belief and intent – two things needed to make a visualization come true. (See this shocking video).
  • TV and movies that give us only images of violence, lust, death, evil and scarcity. How many movies have you seen with images of a new civilization with Holy love, caring, abundance, happy families, miracles and exceeding joy?

Do the evil ones know that if left to ourselves, we will eventually create heaven on earth? We believe  so.

Now I will tell you how a visualization brought down the Berlin Wall.

To physically change the future with a visualization, you first have to think of something that represents what you are trying to achieve. It’s easier to create something in your mind, than to visualize the absence of something. For example, how do you visualize and end to Monsanto? Perhaps one could visualize “For Sale” signs outside every Monsanto office?

The culmination of the course was the evening where we did a group visualization. We were told that having more than one person visualize a particular goal does not work, because each person’s visualization interferes with the others’ visualizations, because each one is different.

What is needed is for just one person to do the visualization.

The other people then send pure unformed energy / intention to the person, to back-up the original person. I was told that this magnifies the power of the original visualization by thousands of times.

To do this, the group first relaxes and gets into alpha levels. When the person who is to visualize is ready, they say something like, “Send your energy to me on the count of three. One, two, three”. Then everyone on the group looks towards the person and sends energy and intention to that person. After the person feels that they are done, they say “thank you.”

To send energy and intention to the visualizer, some people like to point their hands towards the person. Do whatever it is that helps you to send belief, energy and intention to power the visualization.

I was told that this had been done by a previous group, and that one girl decided that she wanted to visualize an end to Communism, and she felt that the best way to picture this would be the Berlin Wall coming down, so that was what she did, with the group supporting her in the above method. I was told that the Berlin Wall came down not too long after, in either a matter of weeks or months.

Most interestingly to us, in the Lensmen series books which I hope you will read, and which may give you goosebumps once you read the 6th book, “Children of the Lens”, as it did for us, in the book earth and the galaxy is saved by five children with magnified metaphysical abilities, being supported by the energy of a mind meld of millions of loyal beings from all over the galaxy, who supported a free and good civilization. This was very similar to the group visualization that brought down the Berlin Wall.

lensmen_

Some Evil Things are Protected

In doing this to help the world, we have ‘seen’ through images, and backed up with muscle testing, that some of the evil things on earth are protected from exactly this kind of thing. You may need to do some meditation first to see if this is the case with your target. Accurate muscle testing can be a huge help with this, not only because it gives you answers from your body, which knows everything on earth, but also because when you do this it gives you a ‘line’ to the target so that you sometimes will get an image of what is going on. If you do locate some kind of barrier, you will want to dismantle it with such things as prayer and your spiritual sword.  In addition, be sure to pray protection so that you cannot be harmed when doing this and that no one will know what you have done.

Important

If you do this to help the earth and its people, pray for total guidance first.

It may help if the person doing the visualization has their hands fully covered in a bowl of warm water. Please see this article for more information.

10X10-white-spacer

10X10-white-spacer

10X10-white-spacer

new-world-order-mind-control-commands 10X10-white-spacer

10X10-white-spacer

10X10-white-spacer

DISCLAIMER: The information on this website is not medical science or medical advice. This information is not backed up by scientific evidence. This is just for your information. This information and these products have not been evaluated by the FDA. These products and information are not intended to diagnose, treat, cure or prevent any disease, disorder, pain, injury, deformity, or physical or mental condition. Results are not typical. Individual results may vary. Because every person's situation is different , the author of this article will not be held responsible for any negative results which come from reading or acting upon the information in this article. Use at your own risk. We make no medical claims for any products, nor do we sell them or offer them for the treatment for any ailment.

Up to 1/3 of this article may be copied as long as no alterations are made, you mention the author and link to www.Relfe.com

Disclosure: The owner of this website is a participant in the Amazon Services LLC Associates Program, an affiliate advertising program designed to provide a means for sites to earn advertising fees by advertising and linking to Amazon properties including, but not limited to, amazon.com, endless.com, myhabit.com, smallparts.com, or amazonwireless.com.

————-

Copyright ©: Stephanie Relfe 2015 – 3000

This article, or parts of this article may be copied as long as no alterations are made, you mention and link to www.Metatech.org or www.Relfe.com

www.TheMarsRecords.com

www.MetaTech.org

www.Relfe.com

www.ExVampire.com

www.PerfectHealthSystem.com

www.PerfectHealthDVD.com

www.SynergisticKinesiology.com

www.YoureNotFatYoureToxic.com


Print pagePDF pageEmail page

Mirrors Open Portals to Other Dimensions – A Being Walked Through One

$
0
0

Mirrors Open Portals to Other Dimensions;  

A Being Walked Through One.

Plus; How to Stop Nightmares

 

by Stephanie Relfe

2/19/15

mirror-classic-650

 

One blessing of having a website like this one, with such extraordinary information, is that we get to talk on the phone with some very interesting people, many of whom have had really unusual and paranormal things happen to them. That’s often what brings them to this site. This is one reason why we are able to believe all the weird stuff we write about, and have a much better understanding of it, than isolated individuals can.

These are generally not crazy people. They are intelligent, well spoken, from an enormous variety of backgrounds and trainings. Many are, or were, professionals in the business world. A number of them have connections to very famous people.

Many of the people who have talked with us felt that they were going mad with the strange things happening to them, and no one around them believing in such stuff, and therefore it was a great relief to them to find us and learn that similar extremely strange happenings have happened to thousands of other people. While each case is unique, it is amazing how many people who we have talked with often have  two or more of the following characteristics:

  • Metaphysical abilities, even if they had only a glimpse of what was possible, from a few experiences. 
  • Interesting bloodlines, often including a famous or aristocratic person in their background.
  • Close family member in the military, often the father, and usually not something simple like a soldier, but often a high-ranking officer and/or member of intelligence.
  • Close family member a high ranking Freemason.
  • Close experiences with interesting locations, such as Area 51 or other military bases.
  • Part of childhood spent in Germany, or time spent in other countries with Masonic connections, such as Scotland or Egypt (the only two countries ever to wear kilts), that seemed out of character with the family.

Plus it is very common for them to also have, due to programming –

  • Extreme money difficulties, even though they were well educated and had no apparent cause for this.
  • Terrible relationship problems, usually on their own, even if they were good looking, nice, professional people from reasonably happy families.

A few days ago, I was talking with a very nice man who has some interesting abilities, and he had a most interesting story to tell.

He had a very bad childhood. He realized later on that he had been groomed his whole life for a particular position. He was good looking, studying to be an actor in the USA, and dating a daughter of a very powerful member of organized crime. A relative at another college had his photo on her dresser, and his soon-to-be girlfriend saw the photo and said – “I’m going to marry that man.” Presumably, the demons were speaking to her, as you will see.

That girl changed colleges to pursue him. Later on when they were dating she asked him if he would like to have a spirit guide. He agreed, and not much later after that she went to join her witches’ coven that was meeting for Halloween. The man was in his bedroom that Halloween night, when out of a full length mirror, an adult-sized being stepped out.

The being was wearing a long, black cloak and a Quaker hat. He had glowing red eyes. He floated along the floor, three inches above the ground. No feet could be seen. Yet he was present in a total physical, 3-dimensional form. The man whom I am talking about was fully awake. This was no dream.

The being asked the man if he would like to join them. The being was meant to be the man’s spirit guide for life. In return, the man would receive all of the material things that he could ever wish for – fame as a movie star, immense riches, the girl for his wife, everything that he had been programmed to desire. The being was not there to sell the man on the benefits, he was just stating what the deal was. The being assumed that everything had been prearranged by the girlfriend, that this was a done deal.

However, I guess the girlfriend had not sufficiently done her homework, because the man looked at the being, and could clearly tell that this being was evil, and not with God. He chose instead to serve God, and refused the being, even if that meant material hardship to himself.

When he did that, the being reached to grab his heart. To protect himself, the man closed his eyes and meditated. He saw himself surrounded by Maharishi (he had done Transcendental Meditation – we don’t recommend that, but include this information as part of the story) and Christ’s light which was warm and golden. The being was not able to get through to him.

So the being returned to the mirror. The man was told later by his girlfriend that the being appeared at the coven that night, and hit the leader of the coven in the chest. The leader of the coven died, but was taken to hospital, and was revived later in the hospital (I guess that was a near-death experience). However, the coven leader was very sick for years later on.

Note about spirit guides: We do not recommend you have any spirit guides. Years before I met Michael and became a Christian, I occasionaly talked to two spirit guides I had. Eventually, however, I realized that they weren’t too smart, and that I did not need them. God and my higher self provided all the information I needed. I therefore asked them to leave (which they did). You have the Holy Spirit in your heart, and do not need to go anywhere else for guidance.

———–

The being with the Quaker hat used the mirror as a portal. A portal is an unseen vortex that connects two places through time and space, and even dimensions or other realities or timelines.

I absolutely believe the story of the being coming out of the mirror and talking with the man. I was thinking about that story when Michael sent me a video of a psychic investigator, a woman who can see energies in and around people. In the first video she says that cell phones open up portals to other dimensions. We had already much reason to believe that, having seen the effect they have on people, and how super addicted people are to their phones, particularly smart phones.

I have also seen posts on a forum where people were discussing how within the last few years people have become extremely rude, lazy and self-centered at work, and that this started almost exactly the same time that the smart phones were introduced.

 

 

In the second video, she says that a mirror opens up a portal to another dimension. A hallway that has mirrors on both sides, so that they are opposing each other, is described as “a tunnel from Hell”.

 

 

HOW I STOPPED MY SCREAMING NIGHTMARES

It was watching the above video, and thinking of the story of the being who walked out of the mirror that a major realization hit me: The appalling nightmares that I had been having for the past three years, all started when we moved into a house that had mirrors on a closet in the bedroom! And the second house we moved into, the one we were in at time of writing, also has a mirror within line of sight of the bedroom.

I was having the most terrible nightmares you can possibly imagine for the past three years. They were so bad I would wake up screaming so loudly that my throat was sore for a while afterwards. They were so bad and so unique that I feel that they were not just a nightmare – something was trying to kill me.

The first time this happened was around 2011. I had virtually never had nightmares my whole life, except for some in my childhood of monsters taking me and my siblings (these no doubt came from the fact that we had to walk quite a long way on our own to and from elementary school, and I was scared to, after being told that people try to pick up  and murder children, and my mother refused to take us in the car. Plus being abducted once as a child probably contributed to them as well).

Nearly all of these nightmares were similar. They lasted much less than a second, about as fast as a gun shot, thus giving me no time to respond. I am sure these nightmares were meant to kill me.  There was a blast of energy, so powerful, that I was convinced it had killed me and everyone around me, and there was nothing but blackness and despair and the most awful feeling of total hopelessness you can possibly imagine. When I woke up screaming, I was surprised to find that I was alive.
The first time it happened I immediately remembered the story that if people die in a dream, they die in real life (Ref: Movie Dreamscape with Dennis Quaid).

The screaming was so bad my throat hurt for a while afterwards. These nightmares reminded me of the stories I have heard of totally healthy people going to bed and never waking up again. In some cases in China, the person’s hair was been found to turn white.

I have had maybe 30 or 40 of these dreams, averaging around one a month. We continually prayed and muscle tested to find out how these attacks were getting through. There is always a reason for something like this happening. The curse causeless shall not come. Proverbs 26:2.

Unfortunately, the body can only say “yes” or “no” when muscle testing, and we weren’t able to find anything to do. I had prayed off everything to do with family lines, past life sins and other related subjects. We had done everything possible to get all cursed objects out of the house. We had no ‘welcome’ mat inviting demons in. We also have a mezuzah stuck on every door leading to outside, plus the bedroom door. (A mesuzah is a small container which contains quotes from the bible). But still the nightmares continued, so something was still letting the demons in.

And then, shortly after talking with the man on the phone and seeing the above videos, it hit me! The nightmares started when we moved into a house with mirrors covering the closet in the master bedroom. The mirrors were an open portal to other dimensions!

I knew from feng shui that one should not have mirrors in the bedroom, because it causes restless energy. I realize now that mirrors do more than just increase the energy in a room. They let in evil spirits. We were renting, and because the mirrors were on folding doors of the closet, I could not work out how to cover them, and did not realize at the time how important it was that I do so.

Then, a year later, when we moved into another house, the one we were in at time of writing, I hoped that the nightmares would stop. They did not. This time while there were no mirrors in the bedroom, the idiots who designed the house did not put a door between the bedroom and the bathroom, just an open arch. Since we were renting, there wasn’t much I thought I could do. Part of the large vanity mirror looked almost directly into the bedroom, and I ignored the part of my mind that told me it was important to do something about it.

Once I realized that the bathroom mirror was letting something in that was causing my nightmares, I had two choices – cover up the mirror, or put bible verses on it, similar to the way the mezuzahs protect doorways. We know that words have more power than we know of, since, for example, aliens use them as part of their technology,

drone-pacl-q486-photo-4-fullsize-650B 

 

and even CERN, the large hadron collider, that’s 17 miles (27 Km) long, seems to use words as part of whatever strange things it is used for. See the sanskrit words that are on CERN, pictured below.

Some people have even suggested that the purpose of CERN is to create black holes that will let in evil beings from other dimensions. All we know for sure is that it is very strange to put a statue of Shiva the destroyer out the front of a supposedly scientific research station, and that these sanskrit words in CERN likely do not have a good purpose:

CERN-sanksrit2

CERN-sanskrit

 

In addition to the power of words, we know that there are legal laws that Lucifer and his gang have to follow. For example, when Bill Schnoebelen was a vampire, he could not go into anyone’s house until they invited him in. For example, if he and his wife visited someone for a party, they would stand around and talk on the front doorstep, until the host would say something like, “What are we all standing around here for? Come on in.”

So I chose to print out the following, and tape this on every mirror in the house. Even hand mirrors have this now in super tiny, font size 4;

In the name of Jesus’ Christ, may we, this house, our finances and possessions be protected from all spirits who do not serve God the Creator and Jesus Christ.

Whether therefore ye eat, or drink, or whatsoever ye do, do all to the glory of God.  Corinthians1, 10:31

He that believeth on me hath everlasting life. John 6:47

Trust in the Lord with all thine heart; and lean not unto thine own understanding. In all thy ways acknowledge him, and he shall direct thy paths. Proverbs 3:5

He took bread, and gave thanks, and brake it, and gave unto them, saying “This is my body which is given for you, do this in remembrance of me”. Luke 22:19

————–

Update – 6/17/15

It works! Normally in the 9 months that has gone, I would have had over many dozens of horrific nightmares. I have had not one of the really, really bad ones. In the few weeks after I posted on the mirror, I did have a few minor nightmares, but we found a cursed object (some comic pictures) that had been accidentally left in the bedroom, and removed them. Since doing that, I have been nightmare free!

We are also waking up with more energy.

Around the time that the nightmares started, I started feeling old sometimes, for the first time in my life. This seemed strange because we have a very healthy diet and lifestyle. It seemed that I could have this feeling of weariness, even when I had plenty of sleep, and no sleep debt. That feeling has not been with me since I put the quotes on the mirrors.  Sometimes I feel almost 30 again (I’m 54).

Update – 1/4/16 –

REMOVE ALL PICTURES, BOOKS, MAGAZINES, TOYS FROM YOUR BEDROOM

It’s now been 15 months with no nightmares, except for last night. Last night was a shocker; I was completely ‘dead’, hit by lightning, blackness and devastation everywhere etc, and screaming for a long time, with a very hoarse voice.

I realized that the demons got in through a glyph; that is, a special kind of picture. I learned from a woman who made the mistake of being involved with journeying, that glyphs are portals to other dimensions.

The glyph was something in a copy of the Robb Report magazine, that I had foolishly left in the bedroom. This happened again one other time later when a catalog was accidentally left in the bedroom.

Get anything with a picture or logo out of your bedroom; all magazines, catalogs, books, toys and pictures, especially  anything that is connected with corporations.

——-

More evidence that mirrors are portals to other dimensions, and allow evil spirits into the room, or maybe even into the whole house:

1) According to Japanese Legend,

If you reflect two mirrors into each other at midnight a demon pops out.

2) In Animal Planet’s The Haunted, some haunted houses are caused by demons who can’t get back into the mirror.

They believe that mirrors are possibly portals for spirits and that some spirits were invoked by mirrors. Once the spirits were called through by the use of the mirrors, who ever did it, just walked away and did not send them back through the mirror portal. So the spirits were trapped.

They also found that some of the mirrors had been covered and some had actually been painted black preventing them from going back through.

3) Chinese cover up mirrors to stop bad things coming out.

Posted on a forum:

“I lived in China for two years working in the fashion industry…I used to visit many factories, etc, and could never work out why all the mirrors always had covers over them. Because I needed to actually use the mirrors lol, I’d have to constantly take the covers from them.

I finally asked … ‘why do you guys always cover the mirrors?… they were not very good at answering this question…

I kept up my questioning, and the only answer I got that made any sense was…. “bad things come out”

… I guess they meant demons…”

4) Alice in Wonderland.

The Illuminati, who make full use of black magick, seem to have an obsession with this book, which is chock full of imagery to do with mind control and perverted predations on children (See some creepy photos of Lewis Carroll and 10-year-old Alice here if you wish).

Alice’s MK-Ultra/abuse probably started with her Oxford University Vice-Chancellor father Henry Liddell, who was also the Dean of Christ Church and he probably allowed her to be used by people like the Reverend Robinson Duckworth (was a chaplain/member of the Order of St. John, with its Maltese style cross always used by the powers that be) who rowed the boat [this nursery rhyme was probably sung in their “entertaining” of the girls: “Row, row, row your boat, gently down the stream. Merrily, merrily, merrily, merrily life is but a dream.” (more dissociation ((don’t worry about the abuse, just keep rowing ((keep following the white rabbit, keep following the yellow brick road etc etc))… it’s all just a dream anyway, in MK-Ultra this is partly how dissociation is used; dreams, fantasy and reality are confused)), nursery rhymes/fairy tales are all full of it)].

After Alice in Wonderland, Lewis Carroll wrote Through the Looking-Glass, and What Alice Found There, in which  Alice enters a fantastical world, this time by climbing through a mirror. Here is a quote about that:

“Members of the bloodlines intentionally insert Illuminati symbols in popular movies and other media in order to bring what Fritz Springmeier calls the “Externalisation of the Hierarchy”…

Walt Disney was commissioned by the Illuminati to produce films such as Fantasia and Alice in Wonderland for mind control purposes. Disney movies are the main films used in mind control but other films such as Wizard of Oz, Star Wars, Star Trek and even The Holy Bible are used in Monarch Mind-Control Programming.”

mirror-mickey-mouse

Demons love mirrors, and many occultists believe mirrors are a way in which to see into the spirit world. Many mirrors are used in movies and cartoons in order to see into the spirit world.  Walt Disney is infamous for portraying mirrors in this way.”

For more information on this, and to see some creepy pictures, see this article.

5) Astral projection practitioners get stuck in mirrors.

Posted on a forum:

  • “If you are astral projecting, have an out-of-body-experience and you move through a mirror you get trapped in a parallel plane. Very hard to get out of, most get out when the natural body awakens and you are sucked back.”

  • “I’ve heard of more than one astral projector getting stuck in a mirror.”

6) Bloody Mary ‘game’ and folklore

Do not let children or anyone play this game! Chanting “Bloody Mary” is said to conjure up a demon from a mirror, so much so that it is a well known ‘game’. Explain to children how bad this is. The best way to do that is to watch the Interview with an Ex-Vampire interview (warning, there are references to doing horrible things with children).

Also be very sure to burn all ouija boards. Many people have been cursed after playing this game.

7) The superstition that breaking a mirror brings seven years’ bad luck.

Maybe this is a warning from the demons to not do it?

8) Jews cover up mirrors after death.

Maybe in the old days, before vaccines prevented people from having spiritual eyes, people knew that mirrors could trap the spirit in the mirror, after the spirit left the body,  as the astral projectors get stuck?

9) Demons seen in mirrors.

Comment on a forum:

“Many years ago I knew an antiques dealer, he had a mirror that he sold, the people that bought the mirror, returned it to him. The reason for this return, was that they didn’t like seeing other people in the mirror, people that weren’t there!”

10) Full length mirrors are too cheap.

Recently when we were looking for a full length mirror, we were rather surprised at how cheap they were. You can buy a really nice wooden one for just $50, and simple ones for just $8.

Since the evil ones own the printing presses and don’t care about money, just serving evil spirits, subverting people and getting access to children, we think it not unlikely that some mirror-making companies are owned by the reptilians and/or Illuminati, and they are deliberately making them available at a cheap price, to encourage more people to put full length mirrors in bedrooms, so that beings with long, black capes and Quaker hats and red, glowing eyes can come into the room.

11) They are building more and more houses and condominiums with NO door between the bedroom and bathroom, ensuring that there is no barrier between a large mirror and the bed. Even luxury condominiums worth hundreds of thousands of dollars do this!

12)  The book of Enoch: Fallen Angels taught Men to make Mirrors

“Moreover Azazyel, taught men to make swords, knives, shields, breastplates, the fabrication of mirrors, and the workmanship of bracelets and ornaments, the use of paint, the beautifying of the eyebrows, the use of stones of every valuable and select kind, and all sorts of dyes, so that the world became altered.”

Chapter 8. 1. (Azazyel is Lucifer’s aide-de-camp General).

————–

Final Comment

It makes sense that the bigger the mirror, the bigger the demon that can walks out of it. I imagine it would have been hard or maybe impossible for the being who appeared to the man on Halloween night, to have walked out through a small face mirror. The thought of aristocracy comes to mind, and all the giant mirrors they have all over their houses. These are the people who need our prayers the most as they are so often controlled by the forces of evil, and helping them to free themselves from demonic control is crucial to freeing ourselves and creating Heaven on Earth. For example, read the true story of the statue that came to life in the grounds of an aristocrat’s mansion.

Please remove all mirrors from your bedroom, if you can, and put some bible verses on all mirrors that you keep, and see what difference it makes to your happiness and wellbeing.

Please tell your friends and family about this. Imagine the huge difference it will make to the world when creepy beings and demons cannot get into people’s houses so easily!

Success Stories from Other People Who Put the Bible Quotes on their Mirror:


1) My story, described above.

——-

2) From a lady –

“BEFORE THE PRINTOUT:

Since moving, especially, to the new house which has floor to ceiling mirrors in the built in wardrobe beside the bed in the master bedroom. I would awake with my vital signs racing…. heart palpitating, perspiring to the point of feeling feverish, mind racing. I would cry out and wake as if from the worst of dreams. Disturbed to the point of distraction, I would not be able to sleep for some time, resorting to getting up and reading for  hours or listening to radio programs. Very tiring and disconcerting to be flooded with enough adrenalin tovirtually stop my heart!

AFTER the PRINTOUT:

The next night I woke early, but to be fair, I was still jet lagged. The night after there was a complete night of restful sleep. The third was restful and blissfully uneventful as well. I am continuing to sleep through the night, despite the constant worries and
challenges of the present time. The night before last was not quite as restful, but there was no violent prelude to my waking. I believe the scripture on the glass speaks for itself.”

———–

3) The following happened before this lady read this article:

“I had one mirror in my bathroom and strangely it cracked and fell at a time when I was doing very deep negative energy / entity clearings. Something told me not to replace it just yet.

Ever since I sleep better too. “

———–


4) From a Dutch lady who has had a lot of unique experiences:

“There is a small change in energy.. normal people would not feel it.. but I do. 

When i felt it the most was when I was putting the text on the mirrors. If I came close to a mirror..something seemed to push me. Or try to push me away. But it was very weak.

And as i walked through the house looking for mirrors.. I could feel eyes watching me. Following me.

But that is gone now.

Also, my fiance slept better then normal after I did this.”

———-

Please send us your “before and after” stories.

———-

PUT THESE BIBLE VERSES ON YOUR MIRRORS

These files are in Adobe Acrobat format. You can get the free reader at Adobe.com.

Bible Scriptures for Families

Size 1 – Download

Size 4 – Download

Size 6 – Download

Size 10 – Download

Bible Scriptures for Single People

Size 2 – Download

Size 4 – Download

Size 6 – Download

Size 10 – Download

Bible Scriptures for Buildings

Consider laminating these, and sticking one on the building, as well as one in the grass.

 

Size 2 – Download

10X10-white-spacer

10X10-white-spacer

10X10-white-spacer

new-world-order-mind-control-commands 10X10-white-spacer

10X10-white-spacer

10X10-white-spacer

DISCLAIMER: The information on this website is not medical science or medical advice. This information is not backed up by scientific evidence. This is just for your information. This information and these products have not been evaluated by the FDA. These products and information are not intended to diagnose, treat, cure or prevent any disease, disorder, pain, injury, deformity, or physical or mental condition. Results are not typical. Individual results may vary. Because every person's situation is different , the author of this article will not be held responsible for any negative results which come from reading or acting upon the information in this article. Use at your own risk. We make no medical claims for any products, nor do we sell them or offer them for the treatment for any ailment.

Up to 1/3 of this article may be copied as long as no alterations are made, you mention the author and link to www.Relfe.com

Disclosure: The owner of this website is a participant in the Amazon Services LLC Associates Program, an affiliate advertising program designed to provide a means for sites to earn advertising fees by advertising and linking to Amazon properties including, but not limited to, amazon.com, endless.com, myhabit.com, smallparts.com, or amazonwireless.com.

————-

Copyright ©: Stephanie Relfe 2015 – 3000

This article, or parts of this article may be copied as long as no alterations are made, you mention and link to www.Metatech.org or www.Relfe.com

www.TheMarsRecords.com

www.MetaTech.org

www.Relfe.com

www.ExVampire.com

www.PerfectHealthSystem.com

www.PerfectHealthDVD.com

www.SynergisticKinesiology.com

www.YoureNotFatYoureToxic.com


Print pagePDF pageEmail page

Svali, Illuminati Defector, Disappeared 6 Months after this Interview: Transcript

$
0
0

Svali, Illuminati Defector,

Disappeared 6 Months after this Interview

Transcript

Warning: When I first heard Svali’s story in her own words, years ago, it was so awful and heart-breaking that I could not listen to the whole thing. However, Svali likely gave her life to bring us this information, and if you can be brave enough to confront this, this information is vital to make earth a good place for every person and animal to be.

Few people have done more to expose the beyond-terrible things that he Illuminati have done to us, plan to do, and do to their own members. Anytime that you wish you were born into a rich and powerful family, remember Svali. These people desperately need our prayers.

Thank you to Svali for (probably) giving her life to get us this crucial information. Thank you to Greg Szymanski for doing this interview.

Interview starts at 5.40.

10X10-white-spacer

10X10-white-spacer

Published on Jun 19, 2012

INTRODUCTION

Svali was once a programmer for the Illuminati, where she lived a double-life. She herself has gone through trauma-based mind control since she was a newborn, which split her personality in thousands of fractions as a result. From these fractions, her programmers then built a whole new brain structure; implanting commands, false memories, amnesia and a lot of other things to create a total Illuminati mind controlled slave.

Her task was then to program others in similar ways, so each and every person within the group could be assigned different tasks and accomplish them without hesitation or protest. These tasks could be anything from prostitution to brutal murder.

Like many others born into the Illuminati, from her birth in Germany, Svali had no choice in her future, as her wealthy, rich and powerful parents charted her course as a “Chosen Child” from an early age.

Told she was “special and born to rule over the masses” to make a better world, Svali recalls going to regular Illuminati meetings with other “chosen children” at least three times a week, after moving from Germany to Virginia, and then finally to San Diego.

Svali later managed to escape from the Illuminati, after she started “waking up,” realizing how destructive it was what she was doing. She kept herself in hiding for years and was very reluctant to giving interviews, afraid of being caught.

However, in January of 2006 she decided to do an interview with the anti New World Order radio host Greg Szymanski. Approximately six months after the interview, Svali disappeared. A friend of hers at the time said she suspected the worst: either the Illuminati killed her or she was brought back into the cult to be ‘tuned up,’ as they call it, which meant she would be ‘re-programmed’ so she would stay in the cult. (It has been reported since then that Svali did go into hiding and is safe)

In this interview with Greg Szymanski, Svali explains how the Illuminati organization is structured, in general. It is of course much, much more complex than this.

TRANSCRIPT

(GS=Greg Szymanski)

SATANIC RITUAL & CHILD SACRIFICE IN THE CATHOLIC CHURCH, IN THE VATICAN

GS: We are going to get deep inside the Illuminati, the family, the order. We have a guest who was involved with this group, born into it, for over thirty years. Her name is Svali. Svali, are you here?

Svali: Yes, I am.

GS: Well, it’s nice to have you here, and I know you don’t give radio interviews. And I really want to thank you, because I think it really does help the American people to understand about this secret organization that you were born into.

Satanic Rituals in the Vatican

So I guess we could just start from the beginning, and tell us right from the beginning, you were born into this from wealthy parents. And tell us about your training in this group when you were a young child, and up onto your orientation at the Vatican.

Svali: Well, that’s a pretty broad area.That gives me hours.

GS: If you could just give us an outline.

Svali: I was born into this group, born in Germany, came to this very young. And basically went through all the training that the group – all members of the group do undergo training to different degrees, depending on their role.

By the time I was a teenager I was a youth leader and by the time I was 22 I became the youngest member –  leadership counsel in San Diego County – and at that time I was a head trainer. I was the sixth trainer. I was moved up  to the second position.

When I was 12, I had mentioned to you, about the ceremony at the Vatican, that they really do make all leadership undergo, at some point.

GS: Now basically when you were growing up, I remember you told me that, you were instilled at a young age.  You were born into a very wealthy, well-to-do family.

Svali: Yes.

GS: You moved back to the States.  You were told at a very young age that you were special, that you were chosen.  Am I correct?

Svali: Well, they tell everyone in the group that they are special and chosen.  And in fact, that was one of the things that made me cynical when I was older.  You will never meet a person who is an Illuminati who has not been told and programmed for years that they are special.  That they are the only one who can do things for “family”.  But I was told that, yes, I would do great things for family one day.  And the reason why, I guess, I can filter some of this with an objective view is, I know what my role in the group was.  And it was over quite a significant number of other people.  So I don’t evaluate what my role or specialness was in the group so much by what I was told, but by what I did.

GS: So you reached the age of 12 and then you were told by your parents that you were going to an induction ceremony in the Vatican. Can you tell us how that happened, and what occurred at that ceremony when you went there?

Svali: Okay. (tears). This isn’t easy to talk about, as you know. I was 12. I was flown over to Germany.  I was at – I’ll call it the German father’s house, over there.  There was some preparation for a few days, beforehand.  I was told that there would be a very important ceremony and it was considered a ceiling ceremony at that point.

And basically I was told a little bit about what I was expected to do during the ceremony.  When we got there, we went to the Vatican.  There is, underneath the Vatican a large room, that I described to you when we talked before. It has 13 catacomb chambers leading into it, and what they do, as you go down these steps into the room, you can see that – it’s circular, so they are all rounded, and they bring out the mummies from the catacombs, and they say that is the spirits of the fathers, watching over the ceremony.

And during the ceremony there was a large table in the center of the room. It was on top of a huge, golden pentagram. And they had the ceremony there.

GS: How many other children were with you, being inducted with you into the family, or the order, as they call it?

Svali: There were two other children, but there were several adults there too.

GS: Okay.

Svali: You see, the church also brings in adults, for allegiance.  I was told. I was told – I don’t know if this is true – If you rise to a certain position within the Catholic Church hierarchy, then you do have to go through that ceremony.

GS: So you are down in this room. Your parents weren’t present?

Svali: No. The German father and grandfather were.

GS: Well at that point, tell our listeners what you witnessed.

Svali: Well, there was a table – it looked like dark glass – in the center of the room. It was made of stone, but it looked very shiny and dark and black.  It may have been something like obsidian or onyx, I’m not sure.  That’s the only time I’ve seen stone that looked like that.

And it had around the corners gold – I guess – channels that collects woods (? hard to hear this). And a little boy was placed in the center of the room, on drugs – I think he was drugged, because he was very quite, he didn’t move or say anything during the ceremony.

GS: This was a little 3 or 4 year old boy. Correct?  And then they continued to do a child sacrifice.

Svali: Yes, they did.  I told you about that before.

GS: Now, afterwards – quite – what an unbelievable experience for a 12 year old.  I just don’t know – I mean , what went through your mind?

Svali: I was terrified. I was absolutely horrified.  I can’t describe the terror you feel when you go through something like that.

GS: Do you remember what the words where said while this was going on?

Svali: The man was in scarlet.  He was speaking in Latin.  And basically he was saying, “Please accept the sacrifice on this day. And then he said “This sacrifice will seal the ceremony.”

And then he did it.

Again, I was so terrified that… Have you ever been in a situation where your heart is racing but you can’t do anything, and so you are just sitting there, and you are caught fading in and out?

GS: I can remember as a youth being frightened, but I don’t think I’ve ever …

Svali: No.  All right.  Well imagine your heartrate going up to about 220.  You can’t move, so you are kind of shaking, but you are trying not to show it.

It was horrible.  Actually, I kept thinking inside, “I can’t wait until this is over.  I can’t wait until this is over. I can’t wait until this is over” Over and over.

Afterwards, the man in scarlet, he had a huge, golden ring on his hand.  He came over to the center of the room and he had each of the people who were swearing that day.  I had to go forward and kneel before him, and kiss his ring, and swear my allegiance to the New World Order until my death.

GS: Now, at that point you were escorted out.

Svali: Yes.  After the ceremony was over. The other people did theirs as well – they had to swear allegiance too.

GS: They were about the same age as you?

Svali: The two children were, but there were also three adults there too, who did the same.  And afterwards we were told, may the same or worse occur to you, should you ever break this oath.

GS: Phew.  Imagine at that age…And you weren’t really prepped for this, were you?  You were told there was a ceremony but nothing, you didn’t expect anything like this, from what I’ve gathered from talking with you.

Svali: It, it was very difficult because the sense of horrific oppression down there was the worse – I mean, I’ve been through some ceremonies in my life in the Illuminati – you do go through them – and I have to say in my experience that this was the worst – I can’t explain the amount of darkness in a room like that, the amount of pure evil.  It was horrible.  It wasn’t just what happened.  The oppression .…I’m a Christian now, I know the difference now between when there is evil present, oppression or when God’s love is present, and joy and peace, which is the exact opposite of what was in that room.

GS: Now you know what I find quite interesting about this.  About 25 years ago I was a reporter and a freelance writer in Rome and I spent 6 years there – walked through the Vatican hundreds of times – covered the Papal addresses, things like that, and during that time I was there during a Vatican scandal, which involved the church bank, and other things, members of the Illuminati, the Freemasons, and I was approached by a woman, on Via (?) – I will never forget this.  Rome is a small town, and people knew I was covering stories about the secret societies, things like that, because I had to ask people. Well this woman came up to me and told me similar stories, although she wasn’t quite as specific, because she couldn’t handle it, and she would break out crying, and had tried to commit suicide twice, because she couldn’t get out of the Illuminati.  She was a member, young.  She was born into it, a very wealthy Northern Italian family.  And she told me basically the same ceremony took place with her.  And so when I started talking to you, I wanted to relay that to you, and also to relay to my listeners that I heard about this 25 years ago, from a woman by the name of Maria and many other people, several people in Italy that I talked to.

I was never able to locate or – really, probably for my own safety – never find out what happened. But, again, Svali is corroborating the story that I heard about 25 years ago.  We’ll get back after this break, this incredible story about a member of the Illuminati, who is now out of the group, safe, on the Republican Broadcasting Network.

(Editor’s note: It would appear that he spoke too soon when he said that Svali was safe).

(Break)

GS: We are back on the Investigative Journal, I’m your host, Greg Szymanski. We are talking to Svali, a member of the family, the order, Illuminati, for over 30 years.  Svali, you leave the induction ceremony, you walk out into the Vatican courtyard, you walk out with one of the fathers.  What did he tell you then?

Svali: He told me to never forget. He told me I performed well during the ceremony, because I didn’t scream or pass out or anything like that.  He said, “You did very well”.  We went and stayed at the home of a local person nearby, we spent the night there, before we went back to Germany.

GS: How did the other people at the ceremony, how did they handle themselves, do you remember?

Svali: When you are in that kind of situation, the last thing you are thinking about is what the other people are doing.  I was so busy trying not to lose it, myself.  I mean, no one screamed or shouted, or anything like that.  Everyone was quiet.  There was dead silence.  Unless they had to go forward and kiss the ring.

GS: Let’s move on. The question I’ve wanted to ask you, and this is such a wide subject, and I’ve had a chance to talk to you a number of days, and I’ve done some stories about it.  You go back home.  You’re 12 years old.  You said you were schooled into 12 disciplines.  So your life begins, and you know now you are in some type of organization that is very different from what most people experience.  But tell us, I guess what I want to do, is leave it open to you to begin.  You’ve written so in depth on this story.  I’m just going to give you the microphone, and let you begin and tell the listeners what you think is important about your original training, about the group and about many things that I know people want to know about the Illuminati.  Go ahead.

Svali: Okay. Well, Greg, first I want to say that my purpose in talking about this is not to glorify evil.  Because there are very wicked people out there, very powerful people.  And I do not want at all to magnify their power.  But I do want people to know that this is real, that these people exist, that people who say, “There are people out there who are involved in these activities”, it really happens.  I also know that because there are children being hurt in the group, every day.  And that is my motivation for coming forward.  I don’t like giving interviews, for obvious reasons.  I am willing this one time to put lay aside my thoughts of personal safety, because these people need to be stopped, it needs to be stopped.

GS: Okay, go ahead.

Svali: And, normally children in the group are born into it.  While the Illuminati very rarely goes outside recruitment, that’s not their main method.  It’s just passed down generationally from father to son, and mother to daughter, to children, until the whole family line is in it.

Throughout the centuries people have tried to escape, but a lot of times they were either poisoned, murdered or set up to look like a suicide.  They don’t like it when people leave, and they try to make it very difficult.  Simply because it looks bad.  They go through an enormous amount of training from the time you are an infant.  You undergo indoctrination.  And when I say indoctrination, I don’t just mean cult programming so much as watching your parents and see what they do.  My parents modeled their behavior.  To them it was very important for growing up.  I saw that 3 times a week everything was dropped to attend to the activities.

And basically their training process is designed to take on your adult role in the group.  The Illuminati covers so many levels, too.  It goes all the way from what most people think of as, like, a Satanic coven type thing, at the very low, local level.  All the way to, it’s a huge, enormous business corporation.  At the mid levels you have people overseeing finance and administration.  I mean, these people are making a lot of money through gun running, through white slavery, prostitution, pornography, they links and ties to the mafia left and right.  In fact, the mafia are afraid of them.  Well, think about it.  Because they know, you don’t cross the members of the group.

They have a very spiritual orientation.  They are not Satanic, though, they are Luciferian, which is a difference.  They’re ultimate goal of their spiritual philosophy and discipline is that they believe that, should you complete all your training, you become a god.  That is their actual end goal.  They believe in the achievement of godhood.  Through what they call illumination, which is how they got their name.

They are international.  In Europe there are 12 fathers, who represent the different nations of Europe.  They are very expectantly awaiting he who is to come….

GS: Svali, can you, uh, I have to take a break.

SV: Sure.

GS: We’ll continue with the massive organization, your role as a mid-level person in the Illuminati on the Republic Broadcasting Network.

GS: Okay, we’re back on the Investigative Journal, and I’m talking with Svali. Svali, why don’t we just pick it right up where we left off at the break. You were telling us about this hierarchy that starts with twelve fathers. Can you just run that down for us so people know exactly how this group is organized?

SV: Sure. At the top levels, it’s in Rome. That’s the power center or the heart of the Illuminati, where the power base is. And that’s why all leadership must swear fealty in Rome, because that’s considered the core of, the spiritual center of the Universe. That’s how they view it.

From there, in Europe there are twelve fathers – one for each country in Europe. When I was younger I had to also meet with the fathers at one point and kiss the ring, and go through another ceremony of allegiance to them as well.

In the Illuminati, the European Fathers rule over what are called the different houses. For instance, if you are from Germany then you belong to the German House, if you are from France you belong to the French House – they call them Houses. UK, Russia, Poland, Belgium, Spain, Italy and others.

From there, America was considered a mission field for them. In the 17, actually in the 1600s, Pittsburgh became the first port of entry for them. That’s where they first settled. That’s why it’s still considered a spiritual power base for the group on the East Coast in the US.

GS: You know, I did want to mention one thing. A caller / listener / reader of your stories sent me an email, and said, “Greg, check into the reason why President Bush, right after being elected, went into and talked to a Masonic group there.” I found that quite interesting.

SV: Oh yeah.

GS: Go ahead.

SV: It’s the spiritual power base for the group. From there, it spread out across the Atlantic seaboard, and then throughout the nation. The nation is divided into many regions, multiple regions but seven main regions. The East Coast region has its spiritual power base in Pittsburgh, but the administrative power base is in Alexandria, Virginia. That’s where they administer the finances during the day to day operations.

The West Coast, or the West region, west of the Mississippi, has its power base in the San Diego area.

GS: And that’s where you spent a lot of time, correct?

SV: Yeah. Yes. I was sent from, the Alexandria Council sent me to San Diego to help them out.

GS: Okay, go ahead.

SV: Those are the two, of course, main regions. And then each of those regions are divided into sub-regions.

So then you have your Regional Councils sitting over those, and overseeing activities. If you can think of the structure of a large multinational corporation, that’s really how the Illuminati is structured. Then beneath each of the regional councils are your local councils. They call them sister groups or sisters, or your local councils. Then you have your local groups under those as well, or what they call the sister groups.

Any major metropolitan city could have anywhere from five to fifteen groups, depending on the size of the population base. Or more.

GS: Now you were saying that, how many people are in this group in America now, from your estimate, of knowing a lot of this stuff? Go ahead…

SV: Pure Illuminati, I would say about one percent, give or take, based on population.

GS: So it’s a fairly huge… big organization, correct?

SV: Yes.

GS: Now their goal, basically. Just give us the broad overview goal, and then I want to get into some of these, you know, your role in it, and some of these ways that the Illuminati makes money that you learned about.

SV: Yeah.

GS: Go ahead.

SV: You know, when you say “To rule the world,” it almost sounds laughable – like “yeah, right”, you know. I think people get ideas of thinking or wanting to rule the world. But really, that is their goal. They believe that they are the intelligent leaders, and they believe that the rest of the world are sheep that need wise… They see themselves as wise leadership. So they believe that their goal is to rule the world.

GS: Mm hm.

SV: But at the same time, they have occult ways of doing that. Their main way of doing that is behind the scenes. They believe in infiltration of the media, of education and of government – those are the three areas – and of the financial system. And they have successfully done quite a bit of all four throughout Europe and the US, as well as other countries.

GS: Now you said that they, basically the Illuminati is divided into about six or seven groups, and everyone is born into a group. Could you outline what those groups are?

SV: Well no, it’s all one group, there are just different levels.

GS: Yeah, that’s what I mean. Like the Sciences, the Government, or…

SV: Oh. Oh. Okay. The Illuminati is divided into different branches of learning. These branches include Sciences, Military, Government, Leadership, Scholarship and Spiritual. Those are the six branches of learning. And while all children need to undergo some training or teaching in each area, as they get older… They begin profiling you from infancy, and they know where your activities and abilities are. Then you’re, you really go into… Most people specialize in one branch or possibly two branches of learning.

GS: And you were involved in what branch?

SV: I was heavily involved in Sciences, and also to some degree I did some Spiritual as well – but mainly Sciences.

GS: Just to backtrack one minute, these twelve disciplines. As a child, you were rigorously trained in this, correct?

SV: Yes.

GS: Okay. And what were those disciplines?

[1. To not need.

2. To not want.

3. To not wish.

4. Survival of the fittest.

5. The code of silence.

6. Betrayal is the greatest good.

7. Not caring.

8. Time travel.

9,10,11: Sexual trauma, learning to dissociate and increase cognition, decrease feeling – details of these 3 steps vary according to child’s future role in the cult.

12. Coming of age ceremony (Vatican underground sacrifice).]

GS: I mean, if… You don’t have to go through each one of them, but what primarily were you taught?

SV: (pause) I think the best way would be to give you an example of just one type of training that they do.

GS: Okay.

SV: I was two years old. I was left in a room for probably a 24-hour period. When you are that age it is hard to estimate, but it was a long time. I know that the sun did go around (laughs) at least once, and it wasn’t just like a few hours.

At that age, when you are two and you are left alone without food and water, you are terrified. And at the end of the time, I was just dying of thirst. My morale was just… I have never been so thirsty in my entire life.

My mother walked into the room. A lot of times they have the children, you know, or the parents train the children at these early ages. There was a table in the middle of the room and I was sitting at it. She brings in this cold pitcher of water and she starts pouring it. I said, “Mom! I want a drink of water,” and she slapped me out of the chair. (pause)

GS: Hm.

SV: And I remember crying! And as I’m crying, she’s drinking the water in front of me, and she leaves! She takes the pitcher of water. And a couple of hours later, she came back in and did the same thing. And I said, “Mom, Mom, I want water!” And she slapped me! I mean, across the room.

After this had happened about three times, luckily I was bright enough that by the third time she came in, I mean, I remember crying silently, but I just looked at her. I didn’t ask.

After she got up and left with the pitcher, a man came into the room. He said, “You did very well that time.” And then he gave me a drink of water.

GS: Hm.

SV: That was part of the “learning not to want” stage. Looking back on it, I realize now as an adult that the part of that training was to teach me not to recognize my own physiological needs and respond to them, but to look to outside people to tell me what I wanted or needed. Which is what…

GS: Now you basically, you told me you led a dual life in the Illuminati. That’s basically how they function.

SV: Oh yeah!

GS: You have a day job, and then at nighttime you’re quite busy sometimes with the cult activities, correct?

SV: Yes.

GS: Okay. What I wanted to get into… you were talking about these groups. I remember I mentioned to you, you said you had these meetings three times a week. I said, “Well, what about if I wanted to go and visit, and maybe do a story about them?” What would happen, or how could… would I be able to find one of these meetings that were going on, in your area of Escondido?

SV: Well no, because of the security measures. And A), you really don’t want to show up unannounced at a meeting if you could get through their security, because the chances are you would never make it out alive. Let’s just say that a certain auto accident would occur, and be reported in the papers: “Unfortunate accident – man accidentally runs into tree.” (Laughs) I mean, I’m serious!

The security that they have during group meetings is so intense that it would be very difficult. They have security at the one-mile perimeter, the three-mile perimeter and the five-mile perimeter. They have three people assigned. Usually one is up in a tree where you can’t see him at the five-mile perimeter.

GS: Mm hm.

SV: And then you have one person who is standing, looks like a security guard for the estate, because these are often large, wealthy estates, which is appropriate. He is dressed in a uniform. The third person is standing hidden behind a tree. As cars come through, and they come through the gates – remember these are gated estates.

GS: Mm hm.

SV: So if it’s not someone on their approved license checklist, they will stop the car. It’s just like at a military installation. They will say, “Can I help you? Are you lost?” Their goal is to delay the person. Now if a person is saying, “Oh, this is blah blah blah,” and they are just asking for directions, they will give them directions, be very pleasant and send them on their way, to where they are supposed to be going.

But if they are acting as if they want to go further into the estate, and this is not an okay person, then they will say, “Uh, all right, well HE’S NOT EXPECTING YOU.” That’s a code word. That tells the person either behind, up in the tree, or hidden further back – they radio ahead and they say “UNEXPECTED VISITOR.”

At that point, everyone has been trained to pick up and leave immediately, within five minutes – with no traces of the activity.

GS: So this is some of the methods they go through so you don’t get caught. I know that you wrote an article about why the cult doesn’t get caught.

SV: Oh yeah.

GS: It’s pretty specific. You have so much stuff here, and we can’t get into it all in two hours, so please pick and choose what you think is most important. But I find that to be interesting – why the cult doesn’t get caught. Is there anything in just a brief time you could explain to us… that?

SV: Well, their security, their money, their influence. Some of these people even own newspapers. Imagine trying to get a (laughs) article published, you know, disclosing… There’s a lot of reasons why they don’t get caught. That’s the first thing people ask.

Then my next question is, “Well, how many child pornographers are there out there, that the police have been chasing for years, and have never found or caught?”

GS: Correct.

SV: And they’re not even members of a secret organization. They’re just trying to hide, you know. So when you consider that…

GS: Now you…

SV: Okay.

GS: Yeah. You were a mid-level person in this organization, a head trainer. We’re going to get into those specifics in the next hour. But you know, what did you learn about the infiltration of this group into all our different areas of government and media? They are basically at the high levels of most of our financial institutions also, correct?

SV: Yes.

GS: And that is a great way to pursue their goal. I guess I’ve got to ask you this. How come things are moving a little bit faster in America now? I remember back in the 80s when I was confronted with this, when I came back home I didn’t really see this kind of New World Order movement… all this different symbolism that you see now. What is going on, just for our listeners, right now? Why are things stepped up since 9-11?

SV: I believe it’s because they can see the fulfillment of their goal… See, I’m going to sound very cynical now, and please forgive me for this, okay? Their goal is to rule the world, and personally I believe that they do – it’s just not open yet.

GS: Mm hm.

SV: And they say they’re now preparing people for when they disclose themselves openly. Does that mean that they can’t be stopped? I believe they could. I believe it would take a miracle, because of the amount of infiltration I see at all levels of society, and the world. These guys, these people have a lot of money. They have a lot of influence. And your average person has no idea of how much is going on behind the scenes that no one understands.

But, with that said, I think that they’re already there, they just aren’t open. These people just don’t know where they’re going! (Laughs) If they did, I think the average person would be horrified to know how much is going on behind the scenes that people really don’t know.

GS: Yeah, and the point of this interview, one, I had two goals…

SV: But… But you see, I don’t want to sound disparaging, because I am also a strong Christian. I have faith in God, and I believe through prayer, and through people knowing… I mean, I would like them to be stopped. I just don’t know, at this point, how do you take on the financial institutions of the world, the major oil enterprises of the world, you know? (Laughs) That’s the question! (Laughs) You know?

GS: Yeah! You know, it is a difficult question. Now you’re in the mid-level of this group. You worked your way up to a head trainer, correct?

SV: Yeah… Yeah.

GS: Now what did you learn… Before we get into specifics, you outline some in of your writings, the big money-making… the ways this group makes its money. Can you go over and outline some of those methods?

SV: Again, if you can think of an illegal activity, they’re probably involved at some point. Maybe not overtly, at the point of where the actual money is first shaking hands – but when you have child pornography, prostitution, white slavery, gun running, gambling, then at some point where the money is changing hands, buffered by about four layers of people, there’s going to probably be someone from the Illuminati involved at that point. These guys have their fingers in everything.

GS: Now…

SV: Uh…

GS: Go ahead.

SV: But they also use legitimate means. They launder their money. When you have a lot of money, you have to do something with it. And so, these men don’t come in and say, “Hi! I’m a member of the Illuminati and I want to run your bank.” What they’ll do is they’ll quietly come in and become a quiet investor, start buying up shares. And over a period of maybe, almost a lifetime, they will get a controlling interest in the bank, or become a very… you know. Or maybe in their son’s lifetime.

That’s the other thing about the Illuminati. The Illuminati do not see it as “This is what must happen now, in my lifetime.” These people have goals that last for centuries, for two centuries. They are very, very patient.

GS: And that’s why the specific training of the children is so important, correct?

SV: Yes. It’s to teach you PATIENCE. Everyone knows, growing up in the group, we may not see the coming order disclosed or open or revealed in our lifetime, but our children or our grandchildren may. So they will spend their entire life trying to bring about the goals of the organization.

GS: (Chuckles) Hm. Incredible. So now you’re in the mid-level. I can see now where they used these programming techniques, the different mind control techniques. We have a minute before the break. Just kind of whet our interests about how you… what your specific role was.

SV: Well, they did a lot of what you might call human experimentation. And they had a lot of research protocols going on. So one thing I did was to supervise the research going on. I was teaching the younger trainers and head trainers how to do things more efficiently, how to do their job well, but also reviewing their research reports for errors or problems.

Eventually I became kind of a consultant. If a problem occurred, or they didn’t know how to install something, or if they needed assistance, I would help them with problem solving as well.

GS: Okay, Svali, I’m going to have to take a break. We’ll be back in three minutes. We’ll continue, on Republic Broadcasting Network.

[commercial break]

GS: Okay, we’re back on the Investigative Journal. I’ve got a short four minute segment here, then we’ll take a break and come back with Svali for a whole [additional] hour. We’re talking about jobs in the Illuminati, the practical daily jobs that these members of this group, who are infiltrated in America heavily… what they do. Now one thing I find interesting, Svali, knowing the media… I’m not going to name names or anything, because I don’t have any specific information. But I find it interesting.

Doing some background checks on a lot of the top media people in our country, they all come from these very wealthy families. (Laughs) Now that’s not the typical MO for a journalist. A journalist is somebody who grows up on the street, wants to talk to people, I can think of Jimmy Breslin, guys who never went to college, didn’t know how to type, and just got in there, took their tie off and started writing stories.

But you know, as you look at the media now, there are all these silver spoon kids – growing up with silver spoons. I find that quite interesting. How deeply infiltrated, from your knowledge, are they in our media?

SV: Wow. Pretty… I do know, uh, fairly deeply. I remember that when I was in San Diego on Leadership Council during meetings, they would laugh about how people had no idea of how much they were being influenced and didn’t even know it. They found that kind of amusing, which is… I mean, that’s the mindset of people in the group, though. They’re like, “The sheep have no idea that they’re being led by the hand.”

And they find it amusing, because they show it as evidence of… I mean, I’m just describing what they say, I don’t agree with it now, but they saw as evidence of the stupidity of the m… of the average person – that they have no idea.

I’m not saying that every news story or every newscaster is a member of the group… by no means. But, they specifically do teach and train and educate children that show an aptitude for the media, because they want that. And if the person has a bright, charismatic personality, and presents well, then that child will go into that, if they have their verbal communication and other skills required.

GS: Well, you know, that could explain why a lot of our stories really never get covered, outside of the influence they have financially and the ownership of the media.

SV: (crosstalk) That’s absolutely not by coincidence.

GS: What’s that?

SV: Not at all a coincidence.

GS: Yes. That’s a good idea, folks, why you’re not getting the news from those outlets. Not only in our government. It explains a lot of things. Look at the war in Iraq. Look at the evidence there that shows what is wrong. Look at what they’re doing in Iran right now. I mean, it’s incredible. All this stuff is pretty obvious, people. There’s something behind it. Svali is here trying to explain this organization from her knowledge, and it is quite, quite a story.

I know this idea. You were involved as a trainer of mind programming? I mean, this is just, I’m looking at some of the chapters in a book you have yet to publish [in paper book form]. We’re talking about brainwave, color control, metal, jewel programming, programming link to stories and movies… I mean, it goes into suicidal programming.

In just a minute here before our break, can you kind of break down what you learned about the importance, well, oh! We’ve got to take a break, Svali, sorry. We’re going to do that quickly, then we’ll get back to you. We’re talking to Svali, regarding her role as a head trainer in the Illuminati, the American Illuminati. We’ll be back, on the Republic Broadcasting Network, in two minutes.

[END OF FIRST HOUR]

GS: Okay, we’re back on the Republic Broadcasting Network. One more hour. We’re talking to Svali, and she was a head trainer in the Illuminati.

Svali, what type of programming do they actually teach you, and how do you learn these different techniques?

SV: Well, you’re taught from childhood on. My training in how to be a programmer started very young. I was mentored by another programmer at the age of 5, by a doctor at George Washington University. Not only did he do the programming on me, but also taught me how to do it to others. The types of programming… again, that could be a whole ten-hour segment to go into depth. From the time a child is an infant, all through their life basically, they are tested, they are profiled. Trainers can create a psychological profile, and then they update it frequently.

Basically, they are trying to install in this child the ability to obey, loyalty to the group, and the ability to do their job within the group.

Now those jobs vary in complexity. You may have on one side a child trained to be a prostitute. On the other end you may have a child trained to become a governmental figure, which is a lot more complex programming.

But as long as the loyalty to the group is instilled, and that is the first and foremost programming always installed, then no matter what their eventual role is, they will remain loyal. And that becomes their first loyalty. Whatever nation, whatever their public role in life is, their first and foremost loyalty will be to the group, and to serve its goals – whether they know.

A lot of times, the goal is [also] to be able to help the child create that complete division between their day role and their night role. So a pleasant, charming, wonderful, kind person in the daytime could be an absolutely cold, ruthless person at night – or during the day, you know, it’s also during the day they do it.

Then you may have a housewife with children who goes out and completes a courier job for the group. And no one would ever suspect her. Who is going to suspect [that] this lovely-looking little housewife with a baby in a car seat is actually carrying some valuable documents?

Again, the first and foremost other thing was to instill loyalty, and they want to discourage people from questioning orders. They really don’t want you questioning that, and they want you to obey their directives. Should people show signs of not doing that, then they go on for tune-ups. Actually people are being programmed all through their life. We used to call them tune-ups. It’s a lifelong process for members of the group.

GS: We have a minute here before our break, and we’ll get back and get in depth into some of these areas. But what went wrong with you? I mean, the dropout rate probably is very low…

SV: Extremely low. (laughs)

GS: …considering the number of, considering the training. But what went wrong with you? They somehow missed something.

SV: When I was very young I absolutely believed in the goals of [the group]. You never saw a more loyal group member. I thought that they were saving the world. I thought that we were doing a wonderful thing. But the older I got, I started to see the methods that were being used for so long, and that the ends do not justify the means. I became increasingly cynical, partly because I saw what I was doing to people. I was lying to them. I was manipulating them. I was telling them things that weren’t true. I remember questioning this, thinking, “I was told lies as a child too, then. I was manipulated.”

GS: Wow.

SV: And finally you start to question, as an adult, the things you were taught. (bumper music starts)

GS: Okay. We’re going to take a break, Svali, we’ll be back in three minutes on the Republic Broadcasting Network.

[commercial break]

GS: Okay, we’re back on the Investigative Journal. Svali, I wanted to ask you a question. Before we get into how you finally left the group, and what happened to you afterwards in your life now – tell us. You wrote an article that is very interesting – A Day in the Life of a Trainer for the Illuminati. Tell us what you went through in a normal day in your role at the Illuminati. Go ahead.

SV: Okay. Basically I would get up. At the time that I described in that article, I was teaching at a Christian school. And so I would get up, I would get my two children dressed and ready for school. Just like a normal mom, you know, go through the day, come home. We’d have little friends over and play, and stuff like that. Then, you know, have dinner. I was a good mom. I was your average American housewife – on the surface.

But underneath the surface, then my husband and I would remind each other on nights when there was a meeting. And then what we would do is when we would go to sleep, I had programming in place that would allow me to wake up within ten minutes of the specified time. If I knew there was a meeting that night, I would wake up ten minutes before it was time to get ready and go. A lot of times we would even go to bed with our clothes on. And I never really thought that was abnormal, you know?

GS: Mm hm.

SV: I thought everyone went to bed with their clothes on. I didn’t even question it, you know, on nights when we had meetings. I thought, “Oh, it’s warmer.” (Laughs)

GS: Okay.

SV: And then we’d get up and go, and drive to the meeting. I was also very involved in Military in San Diego. In fact the group has a lot of military orientation. So on top I would take the kids to their area, there was an area where the kids would go and change. They had a room and we would have like baskets of clothes, and we would change our clothing. You’d pick out your clothing, it had your name on it, and put on your uniform. Or whatever you wore that night. The kids would wear these little miniature military uniforms.

Then they would go out and do their training exercises. They were learning how to march, how to shoot. All kids in the Illuminati, at least in that area, know how to take apart a gun, put it together and shoot with deadly accuracy by the age of eight years old. Martial arts, there’s a lot of martial arts training. Sometimes I’d help supervise that, or fill in if there’s a military trainer [who] was [absent]. Everyone had to be – there was a lot of cross training. But most of the time I supervised the training. I would be working on implementing programming, or what we’d call tuning up – reinforcing previously installed programming in adults.

At that point I was normally supervising the younger trainers. They would be doing it, and I would be there watching and making sure they did it correctly. Or I would be also evaluating whether – sometimes every once in a while we’d be working on something that was somewhat experimental, and then I would be taking a more active role, assessing the person’s responses to the new protocol, recording it and if there was any difference between established parameters for that protocol or expected responses, I would be flagging that.

GS: Give me an example of someone you were working on. What… how would they be introduced, what would be the reason? Would they be military, what is, how does someone get sent to you?

SV: No, these were all members of the group!

GS: Oh, okay.

SV: Oh! I can tell you that in San Diego, twenty percent of the active members of the group were active military.

GS: Okay.

SV: Okay? And think of military intelligence. Think high-ranking officials, colonels, (laughs), commanders. My ex-husband was a lieutenant commander in the Navy, getting ready to become a commander, okay?

GS: All right.

SV: These are not stupid people.

GS: So you were basically working on the programming of the members involved.

SV: (crosstalk) Yes. Oh yeah. Yeah.

No, we didn’t program people who were not members of the group. You CANNOT install significantly traumatic mind-control programming in a person who is not a member of the group.

GS: (crosstalk) Good.

SV: Now there are certain… what you can do is what we call passive programming, which is basically through media means. If someone’s watching a television program, they go immediately into alpha state. Everyone in the group, even a baby in the group knows that, because these people are very much into behavioral psychology. That’s a trance state, almost, a very relaxed state where messages can be implemented.

And that’s why I very strongly suggest people be very careful about the TV shows they watch! That’s all I will say about that.

But no, you cannot take an adult who is not a member of the group and do what we did to them. They would go psychotic, or they wouldn’t survive it, probably. They wouldn’t be able to psychologically handle it.

GS: Tell us some examples of what you were doing. Program techniques.

SV: (sighs) Sometimes, (sigh) it would involve, normally we would start with a hypnotic induction or even sometimes we would inject a medication. A lot of times especially young children have a lot of fear when they are going into programming, but adults do too. We want them to relax. We give them a very short-acting medication to relax them.

We would then invoke a hypnotic state in them. If it was an older person I would be checking that the codes are already installed. If I was getting ready to install programming in like a young child, I would tell them, explain to them very patiently exactly the behavior expected. I’d say, “I want you to do this, and this, and this.” I break it up into steps. Then I’d say, “First we’re going to practice this.”

I would show the child what I want them to do – I would model it. I would then tell the child, “DO IT.” The child would then do it, okay? But, normally they won’t do it well the first time, so she would… she or he would get shocked. That was called, because the group very much uses what they call positive and negative reinforcement. Okay?

If a child did not do it perfectly the first time, they are shocked. That’s the negative reinforcement.

Then I would say, “DO IT AGAIN.” They would show me the behavior.

Now at this point we start associating the behavior with an external stimulus or cue, too. Now a lot of times a child… If this is a behavior, though, that we want associated with a specific code, the child will often then traumatize very heavily first, to create a fragmentation in their personality. Then the behavior and the associated cue are given.

You might hear a tone, like “ding ding ding.” [I say,] “All right, I want you to do this.” Ding ding ding. The child hears the tone, they get up and they do the behavior. Once they can perform it perfectly, they are rewarded with praise. Good job, or a hug. Children like hugs, or something like that.

Then you do it over, and over, and over. That’s why trainers have to be very patient people. Because then maybe after the child has done it fifty times, then they hear the cue, they get up, [and] they do it. It’s not even a conscious [decision]… it’s reflexive. At that point it’s considered installed.

For very, very important programming, I’m talking about like end-level assassin programming, because we did train people how to assassinate people, and that’s a whole other topic I don’t want to go into here…

GS: Okay.

SV: We would then do a ritual to seal the programming afterwards.

GS: (Final-sounding) Okay.

SV: Okay?

GS: Just something, I was looking at some of your articles. One was “Christmas in the Cult.” Just to get off on a different subject here…

SV: Sure.

GS: You say this is quite different for you, when you were growing up, than it is for most children. Can you just kind of briefly tell us what you meant by that?

SV: Yeah, um… (sighs) I mean, we had trees and presents and things like that. But for most children, Christmas is just happy time, you know, lots of presents. But in the group, there are some very high ceremonies that are celebrated. Several times, in fact many times, I flew into Germany. And there, there wasn’t a Santa Claus. They had a figure called Father Yule…

GS: (crosstalk) Mm hm.

SV: …who represents Christmas there. But he is not the kind of benevolent Santa that you see here. This is a man with a golden scepter dressed in a white robe and a golden sash around.

I was once at the German Father’s house, where there was a gathering with children and adults, and Father Yule was present. He raises the scepter and basically strikes down a child in front of everyone.

GS: (laughs in disbelief) Oh my God!

SV: I know!

GS: (shocked) He strikes down a CHILD? I just…

SV: I know. Yes. He struck down the child with his, his scepter. And that… that is not what you call a happy Christmas, you know?

GS: No. (sighs)

SV: And at the same time, yes, we did have a tree, you know, and fruitcake and all that, and decorate the house, but there is another side to Christmas. It’s, it’s…

GS: (in shock) You know, I’m just listening and I just can’t believe, you know, we’re, you know, we have leaders in our country that have probably gone through this kind of stuff. I mean, uh, it’s just incredible, this group. I know they’ve been around for a long, long time, thousands of years, and gone through it, came here. George Washington was a 33rd degree Mason…

SV: (crosstalk,) Oh, YEAH!

GS: …and we go on. Uh, the quest… you know, I just, I want you to understand, just from my point of view, I just wonder how… you know, you write a story, “The End of the Illuminati.” How do we get rid of these people? I know, you’re out of it. You couldn’t take it any more. You think we can inspire more mid-level people to just LEAVE, like you, so they have no one to DO this kind of INSIDIOUS… CRAZY… PROGRAMMING and lifestyle! What do you – what do you think?

SV: Well, I believe that, as strongly as a Christian, that it’s a spiritual warfare as well as an emotional and psychological warfare. I believe that, by the grace of God.

But I will also say that when I was in the group, a lot of the members are not happy. You have people in the group that are there because they love it, because they believe in our goals, they are totally dedicated. But to be honest, a lot… I often knew as many people who would have left in a minute if they thought that they could get out, and make it.

GS: You know, about your husband, uh, just to break in and then go back into that. Do they marry you to somebody in the group, or is that forced on you?

SV: (crosstalk) Yeah. Yeah. No. In the group, the marriages are always arranged, in my experience. In my 38 years in the group, I never knew of a couple, in the Illuminati, that did not have an arranged marriage. It can’t be…

GS: (crosstalk) You just mentioned a couple that I, I suspect. Clinton and uh, Bill and Hillary.

SV: Oh, well, YEAH! (Laughs)

GS: (Laughs)

SV: YES! Definite. Definite.

GS: Yes. Bill?

SV: Yeah.

GS: Go ahead.

SV: Yeah. A lot of times, these marriages are arranged for compatibility, but also for bloodlines – to bring the right bloodlines together.

GS: Okay, good. We’re going to be back in three minutes. I want to continue this, and then we’re going to get into Svali’s life after the Illuminati, on the Republic Broadcasting Network.

[commercial break]

GS: Okay, we’re back on the Investigative Journal. I’m your host, Greg Szymanski. And let me tell you, as an interviewer, and someone who has researched the Illuminati for a long time… it started way back when, when I was a young reporter in Rome…

It’s a whole different ballgame when you’re actually talking to someone with experiences like this. It takes it out of that realm of what is quasi-fiction fact, into the realm of reality. It’s – it’s really shocking.

And, uh, I’ll be honest with you. This is a story, uh, that folks, you have to listen to – because this is going on in our country. All the things you’re seeing regarding our rights being taken away, the police state, the war in Iraq, 9/11 – all these things have to do with this powerful group.

Svali, you know, we’re talking about mid-level people. Now we’re going to talk about some of the lower-level people. I’m interested in who they are. But you said they weren’t happy, but a lot of them probably stay because it’s very… I mean, this is a… it’s a very lucrative way to live, I imagine.

SV: Oh, yeah!

GS: …families?

SV: Oh, yeah! That’s the main thing, that’s one of the factors that keeps people in. The reason more people don’t leave is because leaving means giving up your husband, your children, your entire family on both sides, your money. And basically, for a lot of people, leaving the group means giving up everything, and starting out penniless and alone.

Not only that, but you’re combating child programming to recontact, to go back, to be loyal, to be a good member.

GS: Mm hm.

SV: And I know many people have tried to leave and went back, because they just couldn’t take it.

GS: Do you, uh, do you want to take a phone call right now? Break it up?

SV: Sure!

GS: Okay. Marilyn, in California. You’re on the Investigative Journal. Marilyn?

Marilyn (ML): Yes, I’ve been a part of this. I lost part of it, I’ve been listening on the Internet. I didn’t quite catch it. How did this woman become involved in this Illuminati training?

GS: Uh, go ahead, can you explain that, Svali?

SV: I was taught it from early childhood. I was mentored into it. Trainers in the group are mentored. You wok with older adults and they show you, and you are given increasing responsibility. And so by the time you are in your teens, you are basically doing adult training responsibilities. You’ve been taught for years.

ML: Your parents put you in it, or… ?

SV: Yes, they were members.

ML: Oh, I see, so it comes down through the parents – one parent to another.

SV: Yeah. Or from both.

ML: (shocked) Are they private SCHOOLS?

SV: Through what?

ML: Are these private SCHOOLS?

SV: Well, my children were schooled at private Christian schools. They were all Illuminati. (Laughs) Okay?

ML: (surprised, “Now I get it” voice tone) Oh, you’re saying that the CHRISTIAN schools are Illuminati!!

SV: SOME of them are. Not all – but some.

ML: Yeah, obviously.

SV: No, no. The ones that my children in were, specifically. But no, there’s a lot of good Christian schools that have nothing to do with the group, but some can be. Now I went to a public school, but what’s interesting is, out of three public schools I went to as a young child, two burned down. (sadly): So there’s no access to any school records.

ML: (completely shocked) I’ll be DARNED.

GS: Marilyn, just to get you up to speed. You’re born into this, then you’re trained as a young child. You go through an induction ceremony in the Vatican. And this is going on with one to two percent of our population, according to Svali. Very serious, in all levels. Government, and everything else. Go ahead, Marilyn, do you have another question?

ML: Yeah. When you said the Vatican, now that is not a Christian religion, okay? Now I’m a Christian. Catholics is a Christian religion, we look at them as the precursor of the New World Religion. So…

GS: Well, you know, if I may just break in. I grew up a Catholic. I don’t get involved in the splicing of the religions. I’m basically stating that when I started researching the Illuminati as a reporter in Rome, and I realized there was a bad portion of the Church, I looked at it. I had to deal with the evil and the good. So that’s the way I reconciled it. The evil WITHIN the Catholic Church, at the high level of the Vatican, which seeps down into many, many areas. Go ahead.

ML: Okay, well I won’t argue that point.

SV: (crosstalk) Now… Now… Now…

ML: I won’t agree with it, but it sounds like you have become possibly Born AGAIN to get out of this? Would I be correct in that?

SV: Yes. Yes. Now I very much… Now first, I do want to say I am not slamming the Catholic Church or the average Catholic. I have many good friends that are Catholics, that are strong Christians. I became a Christian, and that was the only way I could get out. But just so you know, too, a lot of card-carrying Illuminists, well we don’t really carry cards, but I’m using that term…

ML: Yes.

SV: …are members of the Baptist church, are members of Pentecostal churches. It… This… I was on a worship team for a Wesleyan church in San Diego… in my day life. Okay?

ML: Oo-kay. Uh, yeah. Very, very confused. I mean, I, uh, I think this is interesting. Many people say that the Catholic Church will be the forerunner of the New World Religion. There’s some very good books out. In fact, I think you may have interviewed one of these men – the Grand Plan Design by John Daniels?

GS: Uh huh.

ML: You remember that?

GS: Uh…

SV: But, but…

GS: Go ahead.

SV: The average Catholic has no idea of what’s going on in the Vatican.

ML: Yeah, yeah. I think that’s interesting that, that the average Catholic would not know what’s going on. That’s just my take on it. (laughs)

GS: Well, I’ll tell you something. As an average Catholic going to Rome my first time in 1980, I didn’t know what was going on, and I grew up as a Catholic, went to Notre Dame High School. It was quite a learning experience for me.

ML: I think the Catholics, when they find out how evil the church is, stay in it! I mean, they really… why would they want to stay in it? That’s what bothers me. I know some good people who are like that. And I don’t get it! (Laughs)

GS: Well, the only answer is… it doesn’t… (bumper music starts) (laughs) I don’t know. There are many Catholics who aren’t actively practicing.

ML: Yeah. Thank you!

GS: But anyway, we’ll leave that for another time. Thanks, Marilyn. We’ll be back on the Investigative Journal in three minutes, with Svali.

[commercial break]

GS: Okay! Uh, you know, they’re not going to get me. That’s for sure. My house is anti-Illuminated. It’s not going to happen, folks. Just to end that, Svali, before I get back to you, just to end that conversation we had with Marilyn about Catholicism. I look back at it, and I really thank my dad. And I do it in kind of a way, I’m just thinking about it now. I didn’t know what the Church was about.

But you know, something strange did happen when I was young. My mom died, and I was ten years old. My brother was six months old at the time she died of leukemia. It was a very, very tragic affair – left my dad and me and my brother alone. And I remember my dad literally took a priest, a head Monsignor in our parish. And I won’t even tell you where. Saint John Rebove (ph), right outside of Chicago.

This man came into our house, I’ll never forget it. He said that he was going to put ME and my little BROTHER in an ORPHANAGE. My dad literally picked him up and threw him out the door! Literally.

SV: Wow.

GS: And from that point on, my dad never went back to church again. My brother never went to a Catholic school. I of course asked if I could finish, only because I had friends there. But you know, who knows what would have happened, you know, looking back on the craziness that goes on in the Church.

But anyway, Svali, you were talking about, uh, you know something? These people that are too… that do not want to get out because of the financial ties. But let’s go back to when you were in the Illuminati. How did this happen? How did you finally leave? Tell us this whole story about you leaving the Illuminati. We haven’t touched on that yet.

SV: Sure. Well, I do want to say one thing that I agree with Marilyn on. Without faith in God, I couldn’t have done it. I became a Christian, and that was for me revolutionary. It made me question again more of what I was being taught, or had believed all my life. I, for the… I began to realize that what I was doing was wrong. I became increasingly cynical.

I also then started standing up to the head trainer in the county who despised me. He would do things that were just blatantly cruel for no reason whatsoever. I’d say, “You’re wrong”. Well, people don’t like that. (Laughs)

He took it out on me in a lot of horrible ways. I finally made the decision to run. I ran to this… to another state, because I knew that my chances of getting out while still staying in that area with people I knew, surrounded by people who were in the group, was not going to be very good. So I went to another state.

GS: You had to leave your family and everything, right?

SV: Everything. Well, my children were with their grandparents. At that point I thought that was better than them being with my husband. I was going to go get my kids. But my husband then called and he said, “I want to reunite with you.” And I said, “Okay, that’s wonderful.” And I said, “But you have to get help. You have to get some treatment, because we can’t go on. You’ve got to get out of the group.” He said, “Okay. Help me get the kids and I’ll meet you in a week.”

So the day before, he called and said, “I’ll be there tomorrow,” blah blah blah. And so I was excited, thinking, “Oh, he’s getting out, he’s getting out, that’s wonderful!” Instead, he went… he had gotten the kids several days before. He was lying to me, and I didn’t know it. He had gone to a judge.

And the day that he was supposed to arrive, there was a knock on my door. It was a policeman serving me DIVORCE papers, and also a restraining order, saying that I could not come within a hundred yards of my husband or my children.

And at that point, I felt slightly punished (sigh) for leaving the group.

I fought that, and it… (sighs) I fought for four years with a court system that said things like this didn’t occur, because my husband would go into court and say, “This woman is psychotic. She’s making it all up. There’s no way. Ha, ha, ha. This stuff doesn’t happen in this day and age.” And the judge would say, “You’re right.” Slam. Full custody to their father. And I had to have supervised visitation for four years with my own children, so that… because I was considered a kidnap risk.

Through a lot of prayer, I had my whole church praying for me here in Texas, and through Lambley Research and miracles, my children were finally allowed unsupervised visitation with me, after four years. During that time, I said to my daughter, who was fourteen, I said, “I want so badly for you to get out”. And she looks at me, and she starts going…

(hyperventilating, extremely terrified): “Oh! You shouldn’t have said that, Mom! You shouldn’t have said that, Mom!” You know? She just… she just freaked out. She just totally lost it.

GS: Mm hm.

And I realized that it was her programming cycling, because she was just terrified. You know, she’s like, (terrified, very rapid): “Why did you say that, why did you say that”, and I said, “It’s okay, it’s okay, honey, calm down, calm.”

And the following… she was just shaking and shaking. And then finally she said, “Well, I don’t want to go back and get hurt.” And then I said, “YOU DON’T HAVE TO.”

And at that point I faced several prison sentences, but I called my ex and I said, “I will face… I will not let those children go back and get hurt again.”

GS: Okay.

SV: And he flew out to get them, and he could have put me in prison at that time, because I was breaking the custody visitation. And you know how strong the courts are on that!

GS: Mm hm.

SV: And I said to him, “Please… Look.” Because it was so nice. My daughter and son both said, “We don’t want to go back, Dad. We don’t want to get hurt. We don’t want to do this anymore.”

He looked at them, and he said, “I want to go think about it.” He went home, and I was praying for him at the time.

And then that night he called me, and he said, (delirious, hyperventilating): “Oh my God. Oh my God.” I said, “What is it?” He said, “We’ve gotta get out! We’ve gotta get out!” (Laughs) And I said, “YES! You do!” And then he said… and then he made the decision to get out.

At that point he went to a Notary Public. He gave me… he did a legal case document giving me full custody of my children. And then he said he was so sorry for, he put me through, the H, E, L, L he had put me through for years.

GS: Now, have you had any reprisals from people in the group since you were leaving, or any warnings?

SV: Yes.

GS: To keep quiet, or anything like that?

SV: (crosstalk) Yes. Oh, yeah! Oh… yeah, of course! There’s one time when I did write one article that named some specific dates and times. I got hurt afterwards, and it made me very cautious. That’s why I don’t give a lot of radio interviews, and why I don’t do a lot of this. That’s one reason why…

GS: Well, I appreciate this, because you know, the number of people you’re going to help, by… maybe, maybe waking up the American people to what is really going on. Sometimes you can wake up many more people by a person like you, than talking about a hundred million different generalities.

Let me take a call. Chris, in Washington, you’re on the Investigative Journal.

CH: (calm, relaxed cadence): Hi. Svali, I just want to say how much I appreciate your bravery, in presenting this information in the way that you are. I’ve read your website recently. And my question is very simple. Based on the information that you’re presenting, I’m wondering what timeline the organization of the larger Family that you’re describing has for implementing the New World Order?

SV: Okay. I was told it would occur during my generation. I was told that by the year 2050 that they would be revealed. Now again, their timelines change, though. In fact, I jokingly referred to them as being like the Soviet Union, because you know how they had their five and ten year plans, and then things always got changed? In my own lifetime I saw several different timelines for things that were supposed to occur and change.

But as Greg noted, I’ve also heard of, from different people, that actually there is a HUGE push in the last few years. It’s like, “It’s CLOSE. It’s CLOSE. Let’s make things happen more quickly.”

CH: Mm hm.

SV: So I couldn’t begin to guess whether that’s an accurate timeline or not. I know what I was told.

CH: I have a follow up question and that’s it…

GS: Go ahead.

CH: …and this will be it for me. I have recently, against my own resistance to doing so, investigated, started to investigate fringe matters, if you will. Among them, the upcoming date on the Mayan Calendar of 2012.

SV: Uh huh.

CH: And as I’ve done this research, I’ve allowed myself just to be open to this information without believing anything I’m reading. One of the ideas that is presenting itself is that around 2012, not just according to the Mayan Calendar but many other theories out there, that we will be undergoing, as a planet, a revolutionary shift, if you will, of some kind or another.

And I’m wondering in the back of my mind if there might be any kind of race against the clock on THAT scale, if you will – especially if we’re talking about a potential spiritual warfare…

SV: Oh, yeah.

CH: …using your words in play here. Do you see a possible relation there?

SV: Yes, I do. And, 2012 IS an important year. But again, I was not told that the final Revealing would occur then. But I believe that probably… what will happen is that there will be events taking place that will help to set the stage.

CH: Okay.

SV: But it’s going to be… I was told… again, I’m telling you what I was told while a member of the group, so please take it with a grain of salt. As I know, these people aren’t always honest or trustworthy – they are deceptive. But I was told that there would be an enormous economic collapse prior to the Revealing. That basically the stock market would destabilize.

CH: Well, that appears to be already happening.

SV: Yeah. Yeah. And I was told it would make the Great Depression look like Sunday school. And at that time, it’s going to… they’re going to really be manipulating finances to bring about chaos, confusion, warfare, and then…

But see, I don’t like to be so negative. But I am telling you what I was taught when I was in the group, you know?

CH: Well, I so appreciate it.

SV: Yeah.

CH: And I’m sure we all do.

SV: Yeah. I…

CH: You’re a great voice.

SV: Well, thank you! I appreciate that very much. But out of this chaos they said would come order. You see, the group believes that out of chaos comes order.

CH: Well, I don’t want to take any more time…

GS: (crosstalk) Well, as far as I’m concerned, I’d rather, you know, let things… Svali, these guys want to bring down this country financially, in whatever way possible. And right now, your voice is important in that.

And Chris, I really appreciate you saying that, because we want to stop these guys! I mean, come on! Let’s get the American people to get together and just put an end to this. We have a powerful group in numbers. We may not have the money, but we can take it back. And I don’t want to be bullied by these kind of people. That’s my feeling.

SV: Yeah.

GS: Let me take another call. Uh, Harper in Canada. Harper? Go ahead.

HP: Great, thanks Greg. And Svali, I read your expose when it came out on Suite101.com a few years ago, and I always wondered what happened to you, because you vanished from Suite 101. So it’s great to hear about you. A couple quick questions, I’ll make them real fast. First is the term Moriah Conquering Wind. I’d never heard that before or since I read it in your expose. I wondered if you could elaborate on that term a little bit.

I also wanted to ask you if this cult, as far as you know, claims to or believes to derive any of its heritage from Atlantis or any other lost civilization. Okay?

SV: I’m not sure about the reference to Moriah (pronounced like “Mariah” Carey) you’re describing, because Moriah is… is our name.

But I certainly can address the second question. The Illuminati completely believe that Atlantis is real. They teach it to their children as part of the oral history. They believe that it was one of the greatest civilizations that ever existed, and one of the most advanced.

What they teach… their take on it is that Atlantis was a great race of highly intelligent people who had a highly advanced faith, and who were highly enlightened.

But what they teach the Illuminati children is that then this prophet of the enemy, who was a prophet of God, came and foretold their destruction if they didn’t change their ways.

They were definitely Occultists. They were Luciferians on Atlantis. That was the religion. And in fact, a lot of the advances that Atlantis enjoyed was passed down to them through supernatural means… that is what I will say.

So they laughed at the prophet. In fact they killed him. And, he… I guess sometime afterward, we were taught that a few inhabitants escaped, but that tragically the great city was lost.

The Illuminati to this day mourn the loss of Atlantis, because they feel that these were… that the few survivors that left were among the great people who helped found the Free… what you would call the precursors of Illuminism.

HP: One more quick question, if I may.

GS: Go ahead.

HP: And I wanted to ask you if you have any reason to believe that people, men and/or women at the top of the pyramid, so to speak, practice a kind of magic where they are kind of skipping through time, in other words…

SV: (excited crosstalk) Oh! Oh! YES! Oh, without even being at the top… Oh, yes!

HP: …their body leaving, their soul or spirit leaving one body and coming and being born into another one, and therefore, you know, living through time.

SV: (excited crosstalk) Oh yeah! Yeah! Oh, yes! Yes, All the time. In fact, see, now this, now I didn’t go there in this interview. You start telling wackos, you start discussing things like that. But in the spiritual side, they very much teach things like time travel, traveling out of body, you know, psychic battling, things like that – things that cannot be explained by logic.

And I saw things that I cannot explain through human intellect or reasoning, that were highly supernatural, and involved all of that… and more.

[Svali has reported in 2-3 different articles seeing a group of people levitate an animal and choke it to death, though here she seems to refer to more than just that.]

HP: Okay, great. Pleasure to speak with you, Ma’am, and God bless you.

SV: Okay, God bless you too.

GS: Okay, I think we have Dave Wilcox called in. I think you know Dave through emails, Svali.

SV: Yes.

GS: Dave, uh, you want to say hello? And do you have a question for Svali?

DW: Sure. Uh, Svali, it’s great to have you on the air, and I’m really glad you decided to do it. So thank you very much.

SV: Oh thank you, Dave. It’s good to talk with you. Yeah.

DW: Yeah, I feel like you’re an old friend. I’ve been reading your stuff for so long, and you share so willingly and openly about yourself. It’s a real honor to be able to speak with you in person like this.

SV: Well, thank you!

GS: All right, well Dave, you may have something you want to say to Svali. Go ahead. You have a question?

DW: Sure. I think one of the things I’d really like to have covered here is [this]. You shared with me in an email recently about these stages of enlightenment that they try to guide people through?

SV: Yes.

DW: I would like you to try to sketch out for people how the behavioral conditioning that’s coming through the media, the movies and so forth might have affected them.

In other words, what personality characteristics would you see in a person when they have been influenced by these teachings? How would the average person, who is not really a bad person, start to be leaning, if the Illuminati teachings were actually having an effect on them? What would they be like? What would start happening?

SV: Well, again, as I said, the average person is not going to be a member of the group…

DW: Right.

SV: …so the influence would be much less. But the media, I believe that… well, I KNOW. I don’t believe, I KNOW that some of the media that we’re seeing nowadays is specifically targeted towards teaching people their philosophy or goals. All you have to do is watch the children’s cartoons on Saturday morning, and almost across the board you’ll see morphing, power battles, occult. And that’s intentional.

Movies coming out. Basically, if a person is being influenced by their teaching, that person will learn to not trust their own instincts, their own feelings, their own body, their own perceptions. They will be looking outside for guidance.

Second of all, they will be moving towards a heavily occultic worldview – that leaning upon the occult is heavily encouraged. All you have to do is watch Harry Potter! (Pause – laughs) You know?

DW: Yeah, I mean, the whole idea that…

SV: (crosstalk) I mean, not to slam one of those Potter movies, or the Matrix.

If you want to know pure Illuminist philosophy, the Matrix shows it. Definitely. The entire philosophy.

DW: Oh yeah. Right down with Morpheus being broken down with the injections, and they said that it’s like hacking a computer. (bumper music starts)

SV: Yeah! That’s an excellent [example…]

GS: (crosstalk) Okay, let’s take a break. We’ll come back with our final segment. A big finish on the Investigative Journal, with Svali, on the Republic Broadcasting Network.

[commercial break]

GS: Okay, we’re back with our final segment with Svali. She’s telling us about her experiences… thirty years with this insidious group called the Illuminati, how deeply penetrated and infiltrated they are in our culture and our country.

Svali, we talked about the higher levels, the mid-levels you were involved in as a head trainer. How low do they go? I said all along they’re involved in gang stalking, the MK-Ultra program, infiltrating truth organizations, infiltrating groups that are trying to do good. How far down DO they go?

SV: Well, they go down to the sister group levels I mentioned. The sister groups have anywhere from, usually roughly around 30 members. And those are what a lot of people would consider the… what you would consider the satanic cults, with a high priest and priestess. That would be the local level, the lower level.

But those people are also very active in their community. And so, they WILL be involved in intricate infiltrating activities when possible. Because to them, it’s not infiltrating… it’s helping. They think they’re helping the group, or helping people by becoming a member and spreading the influence.

GS: Let me squeeze in one more caller, Roger, a faithful listener. Roger, you’re on the Investigative Journal.

RG: Uh, yes. Thanks. I had so a big question and so little time that maybe I’ll just squeeze it in…

GS: We’ve got a couple minutes. Really try to work it in, Roger.

RG: Yeah, uh, well, you will enjoy this first, and that is that I recall when Charlotte Izerbie (ph) was here on the local Clear Channel radio show. The host was, of course, dismissive of an Illumi-Nazi agenda. It was great to hear Charlotte say, “You’re telling me? My own father was a high-level”… and she, of course, was a first or second-fiddle secretary at the department of Ed. And she said, “You’re telling me my own father on his deathbed was telling me, “You go get ’em, girl,” and he was one of ’em.”

GS: (Laughs)

RG: So that was great. Anyway, my question was towards the philosophical / religious motivators, if you will, which you have been dwelling on. I’ve been trying to form it up into a more cohesive, integrated…

GS: Try to make it quick, we’re running out of time. Go ahead.

RG: Yeah. To expose the ethos of the, you know, it’s like the Neocons serve as the pseudo-intellectual rationale for the Illumi-Nazi agenda. And I don’t presume that it turns on such fine distinctions, so much as it is a bare-knuckled lust for power. But, everybody has sort of a worldview that they use to justify their actions. And of course, it’s a most un-conservative, humanistic social engineering agenda on a far larger scale.

Now you mentioned about these people, basically, and it’s as rare as hen teeth…

GS: Quick, Roger…

RG: …yeah, to find somebody that’s not oxymoronically both a spiritualist and an occultist, and also a, what do you call, a hardcore rationalist. Or maybe that’s just [a] Republican assumption, right?

SV: (sighs)

GS: (slight laughing in delivery): I know there was a question in there somewhere, Roger…

RG: Yeah.

GS: But anyway, thanks for calling. Let me, I’ve only got a minute. I’ve got to finish with Svali.

Svali, tell us in your own words, you’ve got about a minute or two left here. You went forward, you came forward, (bumper music begins) you’re now living a life completely away from them. What’s your hopes of the future in our country right now?

SV: My hope is that people will realize that this is happening, and that they will start doing something about it – that they will start looking at it. Now again, we’re talking about people who are mentally wealthy, but it won’t be easy. But if people could rise up in prayer, and just say, “THIS ISN’T OKAY”…

If people would become informed enough to learn more about it, be aware they exist… and then, possibly, PRAY. Pray that people will take action against the things that are happening. Because these people…

GS: Okay, Svali, I’m…

SV: Okay. All right.

GS: We’re all out of time. We’re going to end on that prayer. I really thank you for coming forward. You’re very courageous. We’ll talk again, and I’ll be back tomorrow on the Investigative Journal. Same time, same place.

SV: Goodbye.

[END OF BROADCAST]

Greg Szymanski

Greg has his own daily show on the Republic Broadcast Network. Greg Szymanski is an independent investigative journalist and his articles can been seen at www.LewisNews.com. He also writes for American Free Press and has his own site www.arcticbeacon.com

DOWNLOAD SVALI’S BOOK, Breaking the Chain

UPDATE

There was a report in May 2015 that Svali is still alive. This website is dedicated to her, and has a lot of great information.

 

 

DOWNLOAD BOOKS BY SVALI

Breaking the Chain Download

————-

Copyright ©: Stephanie Relfe 2015 – 3000

This article, or parts of this article may be copied as long as no alterations are made, you mention and link to www.Metatech.org or www.Relfe.com

www.TheMarsRecords.com

www.MetaTech.org

www.Relfe.com

www.ExVampire.com

www.PerfectHealthSystem.com

www.PerfectHealthDVD.com

www.SynergisticKinesiology.com

www.YoureNotFatYoureToxic.com

10X10-white-spacer

10X10-white-spacer

10X10-white-spacer

new-world-order-mind-control-commands 10X10-white-spacer

10X10-white-spacer

10X10-white-spacer

DISCLAIMER: The information on this website is not medical science or medical advice. This information is not backed up by scientific evidence. This is just for your information. This information and these products have not been evaluated by the FDA. These products and information are not intended to diagnose, treat, cure or prevent any disease, disorder, pain, injury, deformity, or physical or mental condition. Results are not typical. Individual results may vary. Because every person's situation is different , the author of this article will not be held responsible for any negative results which come from reading or acting upon the information in this article. Use at your own risk. We make no medical claims for any products, nor do we sell them or offer them for the treatment for any ailment.

Up to 1/3 of this article may be copied as long as no alterations are made, you mention the author and link to www.Relfe.com

Disclosure: The owner of this website is a participant in the Amazon Services LLC Associates Program, an affiliate advertising program designed to provide a means for sites to earn advertising fees by advertising and linking to Amazon properties including, but not limited to, amazon.com, endless.com, myhabit.com, smallparts.com, or amazonwireless.com.


Print pagePDF pageEmail page

Wonderful email, “I don’t want to wait for the aliens to leave. I cannot do nothing. I want to help the innocent people. I want to fight.”

$
0
0

Wonderful email we received this month

“I don’t want to wait for the aliens to leave. I cannot do nothing. I want to help the innocent people. I want to fight.

Dear Michael and Stephanie Relfe,

My name is ____ and I firstly wanted to thank you guys for this information. I strongly believe in God and Jesus but I have always had a gut feeling about aliens and their (impact and significance).

Your warning/information has assisted me in understanding how everything is related. Because the bible says nothing of aliens(from what I have read).

I have one question, I don’t want to sit and wait for the aliens to leave. I cannot sit there with my family and loved ones doing nothing. I want to help the innocent people. I want to fight.

I feel deep down inside like its what I am meant to do. I refuse to sit by and do nothing.

Any help or information would be very helpful.”

This was our reply:

“Dear _____,
You have lifted our hearts today!

We have written about people like you!

Had just about given up thinking that anyone wanted to fight!

Please read:

http://www.metatech.org/wp/meta-abilities/friends-vs-comrades/

For those who wish to fight, please read all the articles at www.RexDeus.com and as many as you can at www.Metatech.org, www.TheMarsRecords.com and www.Relfe.com.

Then ask God what He wants you to do, each and every day. Listen to the “taps on the shoulder“.

Sincerely,

Michael & Stephanie

P.S. We also recommend you read the Lensmen series by E.E. Doc Smith.

 

10X10-white-spacer

10X10-white-spacer

10X10-white-spacer

new-world-order-mind-control-commands 10X10-white-spacer

10X10-white-spacer

10X10-white-spacer

DISCLAIMER: The information on this website is not medical science or medical advice. This information is not backed up by scientific evidence. This is just for your information. This information and these products have not been evaluated by the FDA. These products and information are not intended to diagnose, treat, cure or prevent any disease, disorder, pain, injury, deformity, or physical or mental condition. Results are not typical. Individual results may vary. Because every person's situation is different , the author of this article will not be held responsible for any negative results which come from reading or acting upon the information in this article. Use at your own risk. We make no medical claims for any products, nor do we sell them or offer them for the treatment for any ailment.

Up to 1/3 of this article may be copied as long as no alterations are made, you mention the author and link to www.Relfe.com

Disclosure: The owner of this website is a participant in the Amazon Services LLC Associates Program, an affiliate advertising program designed to provide a means for sites to earn advertising fees by advertising and linking to Amazon properties including, but not limited to, amazon.com, endless.com, myhabit.com, smallparts.com, or amazonwireless.com.

————-

Copyright ©: Stephanie Relfe 2015 – 3000

This article, or parts of this article may be copied as long as no alterations are made, you mention and link to www.Metatech.org or www.Relfe.com

www.TheMarsRecords.com

www.MetaTech.org

www.Relfe.com

www.ExVampire.com

www.PerfectHealthSystem.com

www.PerfectHealthDVD.com

www.SynergisticKinesiology.com

www.YoureNotFatYoureToxic.com

www.RexDeus.com


Print pagePDF pageEmail page

The Three Days of Darkness – Don’t Go Outside

$
0
0

The Three Days of Darkness –
Stay Inside or you could Die

Don’t even look outside

by Stephanie Relfe

April, 2016

3 days of darkness 3jpg

10X10-white-spacer

We aren’t sure this is going to happen, but if it does, it pays to know about it beforehand.After seeing a dream which seemed prophetic, posted on the GLP forum, about a coming three days of darkness, we did some research on this and realized that it does fit in with a number of likely future scenarios.

In particular, this could easily be the event that the human-looking Nordic aliens are waiting for, to begin their harvest of humans.

If we have three days of darkness, after this happens, most people, who are not aware of earth changes or keeping up to date with them, and who are not personally connected with God, will be terrified beyond imagination.

After coming to this conclusion, I came across this post on a forum, on a thread discussing the harvest of humans by aliens:

“There’s a “prophecy” I cannot find but remember hearing about it on a podcast. It talked about the three days of darkness directly following the arrival of millions of massive sphere spaceships….

It would be an easy matter after three days of darkness for any ships who want to harvest humans (for meat, hormones & life extension products) to then turn up, say “We have come to save you”, and then watch as the hordes run aboard to their destruction and/or enslavement, like pigs to corn. We believe that the 3 days of darkness may be the catalyst they have been waiting for after all these decades of preparation.

We don’t know if this is coming or not, but this article is an effort to give you information about this possible event, and what to do should it occur:

1) Vivid Dream of three days of darkness

On 10/10/15, someone in Italy posted this on GLP:

Weird dream about 3 days of doom

It was so real: It started in a gallery and in it I saw a lot of big sparks. The sparks became bigger and bigger and suddenly I heard a voice screaming something sounding like “This is a breach in supersymmetry! Failure! Failure !”

Suddenly in the dream everything was dark: It was as if I was completely blind and I felt as I could uplift in the air by a weird force. I was very scared but someone with a female voice touched my hand and said… “don’t be scared it will just last 3 days””

He later reported that he woke up sweating after this dream.

Replies to that dream:

“I always wake up sweating and frantically from dreams I believe are of the future or of a message from the Creator.”

Supersymmetry deals with particle physics, which is CERN, and I would theorize that if they succeed with what I think they are planning to do with CERN, it deals with unlocking a dimension of darkness where a prison exists of beings that committed the ultimate sin.”

Note: Supersymmetry also deals with space-time.

2) CERN may create the three days of darkness

This was posted on GLP:

“When CERN reaches a full power there will be a solar flare that will smash into the magnetosphere. It will cause a rippling rainbow like effect, then the magnetosphere will be torn and there will be three days of darkness.

Stay in your house during the darkness and pray.

Do not talk to the demons who will appear as “aliens”. Ignore them and stay inside.”

3) A Catholic Priest foretold the Three Days of Darkness in 1950

While we don’t agree with all of his advice (like praying to the human Mary), the following still feels very important:

• Keep your windows well covered. Do not look out. Light a blessed candle, which will suffice for many days. (Note: We don’t think the candles have to be blessed but this strongly suggests to us that electricity may not work. So make sure you have enough candles and matches for three days  & SLEEPING BAGS and Snow Parkas as it will be very cold).

• Provide yourself with sufficient food and water.

• The powers of nature shall be moved and a rain of fire shall make people tremble with fear. Have courage! I am in the midst of you.

• I shall give you a Few signs beforehand. It will begin during a very cold night.The wind will roar. After a time, thunderbolts will be heard.

• Lock all the doors and windows. Talk to no one outside the house.

• On the day, as soon as complete darkness has set in, no one shall leave the house or look from out of the window (Note: Perhaps the demons outside will make them die of fright?)

• Let no one go across the yard, even to feed the animals–he who steps outside will perish!

• A most dreadful punishment will bear witness to the times. My angels, who are to be the executioners of this work, are ready with their pointed swords! They will take special care to annihilate all those who mocked Me.

• Hurricanes of fire will pour forth from the clouds and spread over the entire earth! Storms, bad weather, thunderbolts and earthquakes will cover the earth for two days. An uninterrupted rain of fire will take place!

• Those who hope in Me, and believe in my words, have nothing to fear because I will not forsake them, nor those who spread My message.

• The sins of men have multiplied beyond measure: Irreverence in Church, sinful pride committed in sham religious activities, lack of true brotherly love, indecency in dress, especially at summer seasons…The world is filled with iniquity.

• This catastrophe shall come upon the earth like a flash of lightning at which moment the light of the morning sun shall be replaced by black darkness!

• There shall be great confusion because of this utter darkness in which the entire earth shall be enveloped, and many, many shall die from fear and despair.

• Those who shall fight for My cause shall receive grace from My Divine Heart; and the cry: “Who is like unto God!” shall serve as a means of protection to many.

• However, many shall burn in the open fields like withered grass!

• The godless shall be annihilated, so that afterwards the just shall be able to stand afresh.

(Source)

4) The Three Days of Darkness was part of the Third Secret of Fatima

Darkness will fall over us for 72 hours (three days) and the one-third of humanity that survives this obscurity and sacrifice, will commence to live a new era, they will be good people.

On a very cold night, 10 minutes before midnight, A GREAT QUAKE will shake the earth for 8 hours. This will be the third signal that it is God who governs the earth. The righteous and those who propagate the faith and the message of the Lady of Fatima should not fear. …

What do do? Bow your heads, kneel down and ask God for forgiveness.

Because only what is good and is not under the power of evil will survive the catastrophe. In order for you to prepare and remain alive I will give you the following signs:

Anguish….and in a short period the earthquake will commence. The earth will shake. The shake will be so violent that it will move the earth 23 degrees and it will return it to its normal position.

Then, total and absolute darkness will cover the entire planet…All evil spirits will be mingling around and free, doing harm to all those souls that did not want to listen to this message and those who did not want to repent….

When the earth shakes no more, those who still do not believe in our Lord will perish in a horrible way. The wind will bring gas and it will disperse it everywhere, then the sun will rise.”

5) CERN may cause the Three Days of Darkness

A man said that he received a message from God. Here are the most important points from that post of 3/18/15:

“He showed me CERN. He said, when they fire it up to full power, it will cause the sun to eject a huge CME/Solar Flare, DIRECTLY EARTH FACING, like we have NEVER SEEN BEFORE! (Note: When the sun flares, it takes a couple of days to reach earth.) Even the very front edge of it will cause us to see colors in the sky.

Auroras. The whole world will see it EVEN IN THE DAY TIME! When the main blast hits us, it will cause a HUGE concussion. It will make the colors RIPPLE… There will be a huge earthquake all over the earth from the concussion. We will hear, see, smell, taste, and feel the concussion.

Every man, woman, child, and animal will EXPERIENCE it! The earth’s veil/magnetosphere will be torn. The colors will go grey.

The darkness will fall. For three days!!!

Every evil entity will WALK THE EARTH! DO NOT GO OUTSIDE!

6) POSSIBLE REASON FOR THE 3 DAYS OF DARKNESS?

“Maybe a huge alien mothership will park between the earth and sun and block the rays from reaching earth.”

This would fit in perfectly with the coming harvest of humans by aliens!

7) NOXIOUS GASES?

This was posted by someone describing the coming poleshift:

“When the reversal is complete, if you have survived while outdoors you need to get inside some structure. If you are indoors, stay there. Noxious gasses will have vented from the planet and you will need to stay indoors for THREE DAYS.

Make sure all doors and windows are closed. You may want to stuff towels or such things in any ´cracks´ around doors and other places.

The sun will be partially obscured for a time. …

After the three days the gasses will largely disperse.”

8) THREE DAYS OF DARKNESS WOULD BE A GREAT TIME FOR THE NORDIC ALIENS TO HARVEST HUMANS

Learn more about the planned harvest of humans by human-looking Nordic aliens. Do not be fooled.

——-

BE PREPARED

If this event happens:

  • Stay indoors, totally.

  • Don’t even look outside. It’s possible that the earth will be crawling with demons that may be able to frighten you to death. We note that the darkness now seems to have a creepy feel that it did not used to have.

  • It is quite likely that no electricity will work. Have CANDLES & matches, enough for 3 days.

  • Have ways to stay WARM that don’t require electricity – sleeping bags, triple layers of socks, warm hats.

  • Store food and water, that doesn’t need preparing (eg oatmeal, raisins and longlife almond milk). Also disposable dinnerware.

  • Have something to do, such as playing cards.

  • Something is coming. We believe it’s Nibiru. We believe that there is already space dust in the sky, and it is helping kill off all the wildlife. Many people are reporting that birds, mammals and even insects are vanishing. Millions of fish around the world, in fresh and seawater, have been dying for unexplained reasons. Here in Florida even the ants in the kitchen that we normally had to fight regularly have vanished.

——-

‘ABOVE BLACK’ TALKED OF A TIME WHEN COMMUNICATIONS WOULD NOT WORK

We read Above Black by Dan Sherman when it was published back in 1997 . It is the true story of a man who worked for the NSA and US Air Force as an “intuitive communicator” (that is, a telepath). He practiced communicating with grey aliens, for a future time when all communications would cease to work. You can  read it for free here.

Were they planning for the Three Days of Darkness?

 

——–

7000% INCREASE IN UV

Part of what is coming is increased radiation & UVB and now even UVC, which has never been seen outside of a laboratory!


 

From: http://chemtrailsplanet.net:

UVB: Deadly Ultraviolet has increased, by 500% to 3800%, in only 13 years. The high UV explains why the whole planet is dying. This video shows measurements of sunlight, and proof of the increase in deadly UV.

In 2002, the ratio of dangerous UVB to “normal” UVA was LESS THAN ONE PERCENT (0.6%).

Since then, the UVB has increased to a possible 42%, as shown in the video. This explains the rapid extinction of plants and animals, all over the planet.

UVC: Tears DNA apart, showing readings. It should not register at all.

Interestingly, the sun seems to have changed. Most people have noticed that it has gone from being yellow to a blazing white.

While we have previously recommended people to go in the sun to get Vitamin D, one poster posted this:

“Live in San Diego, work outside everyday and get plenty of sunshine, go to the beach often as possible, tested low for Vit. D in a recent blood test.”

ELECTRICITY MAY NOT WORK

Even if whatever darkens the sun for three days does not directly stop the electricity from working, we can readily imagine that the Nordic aliens who are planning The Harvest just might turn off all electricity and cell phones, just to really terrify people and ensure that nearly everyone runs onto the cattleships …. ooops, I mean the space ships.

——

THE REAL MAYAN CALENDAR ENDS JUNE 3, 2016

The problem with the Dec 12, 2012 date was that the Mayans did not take any account of leap years. Therefore, you have to add 1,260 days! The Illuminati of course knew this, so the Dec 21, 2012 date was crying wolf.

The real date is June 3, 2016!

——-

RELATED

Weird energy vortices around the World go Crazier in April 2016

10X10-white-spacer

10X10-white-spacer

10X10-white-spacer

new-world-order-mind-control-commands 10X10-white-spacer

10X10-white-spacer

10X10-white-spacer

DISCLAIMER: The information on this website is not medical science or medical advice. This information is not backed up by scientific evidence. This is just for your information. This information and these products have not been evaluated by the FDA. These products and information are not intended to diagnose, treat, cure or prevent any disease, disorder, pain, injury, deformity, or physical or mental condition. Results are not typical. Individual results may vary. Because every person's situation is different , the author of this article will not be held responsible for any negative results which come from reading or acting upon the information in this article. Use at your own risk. We make no medical claims for any products, nor do we sell them or offer them for the treatment for any ailment.

Up to 1/3 of this article may be copied as long as no alterations are made, you mention the author and link to www.Relfe.com

Disclosure: The owner of this website is a participant in the Amazon Services LLC Associates Program, an affiliate advertising program designed to provide a means for sites to earn advertising fees by advertising and linking to Amazon properties including, but not limited to, amazon.com, endless.com, myhabit.com, smallparts.com, or amazonwireless.com.

————-

Copyright ©: Stephanie Relfe 2015 – 3000

Up to 1/3 of this article may be copied as long as no alterations are made, you mention and link to www.Metatech.org or www.Relfe.com

www.TheMarsRecords.com

www.MetaTech.org

www.Relfe.com

www.ExVampire.com

www.PerfectHealthSystem.com

www.PerfectHealthDVD.com

www.SynergisticKinesiology.com

www.YoureNotFatYoureToxic.com

www.RexDeus.com


Print pagePDF pageEmail page

Actors Deliberately practice Demon Possession

$
0
0

Hollywood is Worse Than You Thought

Actors Deliberately Practice Demon Possession

Read here

10X10-white-spacer

10X10-white-spacer

10X10-white-spacer

new-world-order-mind-control-commands 10X10-white-spacer

10X10-white-spacer

10X10-white-spacer

DISCLAIMER: The information on this website is not medical science or medical advice. This information is not backed up by scientific evidence. This is just for your information. This information and these products have not been evaluated by the FDA. These products and information are not intended to diagnose, treat, cure or prevent any disease, disorder, pain, injury, deformity, or physical or mental condition. Results are not typical. Individual results may vary. Because every person's situation is different , the author of this article will not be held responsible for any negative results which come from reading or acting upon the information in this article. Use at your own risk. We make no medical claims for any products, nor do we sell them or offer them for the treatment for any ailment.

Up to 1/3 of this article may be copied as long as no alterations are made, you mention the author and link to www.Relfe.com

Disclosure: The owner of this website is a participant in the Amazon Services LLC Associates Program, an affiliate advertising program designed to provide a means for sites to earn advertising fees by advertising and linking to Amazon properties including, but not limited to, amazon.com, endless.com, myhabit.com, smallparts.com, or amazonwireless.com.

————-

Copyright ©: Stephanie Relfe 2015 – 3000

Up to 1/3 of this article may be copied as long as no alterations are made, you mention and link to www.Metatech.org or www.Relfe.com

www.TheMarsRecords.com

www.MetaTech.org

www.Relfe.com

www.ExVampire.com

www.PerfectHealthSystem.com

www.PerfectHealthDVD.com

www.SynergisticKinesiology.com

www.YoureNotFatYoureToxic.com

www.RexDeus.com


Print pagePDF pageEmail page

Wanted! Non English Speakers who want to Save their People

$
0
0

Wanted: Non English Speakers who Want to Save their People

flower-purple rose

10X10-white-spacer

If you can translate from English to your native language, this could be a great opportunity for you.

When you leave your body and go to Heaven, how will your country look different as a result of your being here? Are you fulfilling your life purpose? If you are not doing all that you could, here is a possible way you could do this.

While the world is in turmoil, there are pockets of hope; there is much new information that is coming out that can turn things around. The problem is that much of this information is in the English-speaking realms only.

I spent 2 years writing and many more years researching the information that is condensed into the book You’re not fat, You’re toxic. While the book is centered around weight loss, it is much more than that. It is a complete natural health manual for saving lives, and an activist book against the Medical Mafia.

You may have seen the movie Idiocracy, which shows that the greatest threat to humanity is people becoming so stupid that they get to a point where recovery may be impossible. A major cause of stupidity is the level of toxins in the food supply, which is concentrating from generation to generation, and causing DNA damage. My book reverses this trend. I could have called it “You’re not sick, you’re toxic” or “You’re not stupid, your toxic”, but that would have had less people read it.

Here is my offer: If you are a native speaker of a language other than English, and speak English reasonably well, if you will translate the book into your language, Sherrington House publishers will host it as a paperback print-on-demand on Amazon.com. Half of all profits (50%) will be sent to you.

One thing that will help you; When I wrote the book, I did so with translating it in mind, so that sentences and words are written as simply and clearly as possible, with relatively few scientific terms. Please see a sample chapter.

However, with that in mind, this will still be a massive undertaking. The book is 600 pages long.

Advantages to you:

  • Receive blessings from God for helping people.

  • Fulfill your life’s purpose.

  • Protect your country from the obesity epidemic and idiocracy epidemic taking over the world.

  • Know how to protect your own life, health & energy, and that of your family.

  • Receive 50% of profits.

You will also be free to sell books in as many other ways as you wish and can think up, as long as you send 20% of profits from books you sell, to Sherrington House Publishers. You will buy them from the printer at printing costs, sell them for whatever you wish, either wholesale or retail and merely send Sherrington House Publishers 20% of what you receive.

WARNING! I have already tried to get the book translated into French. I found a translator who agreed to translate the book into French for a small fraction of the normal rates asked by interpreters. While at the beginning her health increased greatly because I did some distance kinesiology on her, later she had a serious relapse.

We believe that she came under demonic attack as a result of helping us. I had told her of our Metatech website, but I believe that, like most people, it would not have occurred to her that doing something as simple as translating could end up causing anything like what it did.

This is not a normal diet book – it is truly an activist book that goes to the heart of the trillions of dollars of profits that the Medial Mafia receive every year through the pain and suffering of people. There are evil beings that do not want to see this book be widespread.

In addition, this book is associated with the weird information that is on Metatech and The Mars Records, so it could easily be advisable that you remain anonymous, or use a pseudonym as translator. This is especially important if you need to seek employment or be a public figure.

If you think this is something that you would like to do, please let me know and I will contact you. 

Michael and I will support you whenever we can. I will do at least one session of distance kinesiology on you (if you wish), plus we will both support you with spiritual warfare whenever needed. Plus you can email any queries you have whenever there are difficulties in conversion.

We especially would like French, Spanish, German, Russian, Chinese and Japanese, as well as any two other languages.

I look forward to hearing from you.

Sincerely,

Stephanie Relfe

flower-roses-pink-water

 

10X10-white-spacer

10X10-white-spacer

10X10-white-spacer

new-world-order-mind-control-commands 10X10-white-spacer

10X10-white-spacer

10X10-white-spacer

DISCLAIMER: The information on this website is not medical science or medical advice. This information is not backed up by scientific evidence. This is just for your information. This information and these products have not been evaluated by the FDA. These products and information are not intended to diagnose, treat, cure or prevent any disease, disorder, pain, injury, deformity, or physical or mental condition. Results are not typical. Individual results may vary. Because every person's situation is different , the author of this article will not be held responsible for any negative results which come from reading or acting upon the information in this article. Use at your own risk. We make no medical claims for any products, nor do we sell them or offer them for the treatment for any ailment.

Up to 1/3 of this article may be copied as long as no alterations are made, you mention the author and link to www.Relfe.com

Disclosure: The owner of this website is a participant in the Amazon Services LLC Associates Program, an affiliate advertising program designed to provide a means for sites to earn advertising fees by advertising and linking to Amazon properties including, but not limited to, amazon.com, endless.com, myhabit.com, smallparts.com, or amazonwireless.com.

————-

Copyright ©: Stephanie Relfe 2015 – 3000

Up to 1/3 of this article may be copied as long as no alterations are made, you mention and link to www.Metatech.org or www.Relfe.com

www.TheMarsRecords.com

www.MetaTech.org

www.Relfe.com

www.ExVampire.com

www.PerfectHealthSystem.com

www.PerfectHealthDVD.com

www.SynergisticKinesiology.com

www.YoureNotFatYoureToxic.com

www.RexDeus.com


Print pagePDF pageEmail page

The post Wanted! Non English Speakers who want to Save their People appeared first on Metatech.

Free Distance Healing Kinesiology Session to Remove Booby Traps

$
0
0

FREE DISTANCE HEALING

KINESIOLOGY SESSION

TO REMOVE BOOBY TRAPS,

WITH STEPHANIE RELFE,

To Metatech Readers who Purchase

Perfect Health with Kinesiology & Muscle Testing

(or who did so in the past)

 

OLYMPUS DIGITAL CAMERA

10X10-white-spacer

10X10-white-spacer

by Stephanie Relfe

Recently I phoned a lady who has famous people in her bloodline, as well as family connections to the military and unusual stories to tell. I’ll call her Eve. She had purchased the DVD training system Perfect Health with Kinesiology & Muscle Testing several months previously. I phoned her about an unrelated matter and found that she had been very sick for ten days. 

Her symptoms were:

  • Extreme nausea, so she was not eating.
  • Throbbing pain in the neck.
  • Sore throat.
  • Swollen and hard  lymph glands under the scalp and in her neck.
  • No appetite.

She had been feeling so badly that her family took her to the emergency room. After four hours and many painful tests, the doctors could find nothing wrong. Shen she was released, she felt even worse than before she went in!

Eve felt sure that the sickness she was experiencing was related to the fact that she had recently had a lot of hidden memories resurfacing, and that programming was involved, so I offered to do a distant kinesiology session, using Michael as a surrogate, to see if Booby Traps were activated. Sure enough, they were. In the session I performed by distance on her, I found:

Virtually every abductee I have worked on has this, or one of the other centering systems out of balance. This causes emotional and health problems.

  • 22 Booby Traps. They included the usual, “Die if you remember this.” and other commands to die such as “Kick the bucket if you remember this.”

They also included commands that could have contributed to the swollen lymph glands such as “Your liver stops if you remember this”, “Your lymph glands stop if you remember this” and “Die of dehydration if you remember this.”

When I told Eve of this list, she then told me that while she normally drank plenty of water, since she had been sick she had drunk very  little water at all. Therefore, it would appear that the “Die of dehydration if you remember this” command was one of the causes of this, along with some of the other commands.

Immediately we removed these commands by distant healing, she said the pain in her throat had reduced by 90%. 

By the next day, her energy had returned, her ability to drink water was back and the nausea had left. In fact, she was able to eat and drink normally for the first time in days.

She stated that she is now very motivated to continue her work learning Perfect health with Kinesiology and Muscle Testing.

You can do muscle testing using a surrogate when you work on babies or animals. Here is an article about the amazing things that happened when I used a surrogate to work on horses). 

Normally when you use a surrogate, you have a physical connection by touch, or a metal wire, between the person being tested and the surrogate.

However, you can also ‘tell’ the surrogate body to be surrogate for someone else, after you first confirm by muscle testing that the body is “Willing and able to go surrogate for (name)”.

This works because our brains are holographic and the universe is holographic and so we have the potential to be connected energetically to everything.

I have done this a number of times for other people a long way from me, and have often found out things about them that I did not know before. For example, I worked on a woman in New Zealand and found and corrected an imbalance in her heart energy. She then told me that she had had a heart murmur, which stopped after I re-balanced the heart.

Another woman in another country was under extremely severe spiritual attack, to the point she was collapsing and in quite some danger. She even sounded like a completely different person on the phone. She had been in this condition for weeks. We located the source of the problem, handled it and she was back to her normal healthy, happy, energetic self within two days.

When I removed booby traps from another woman who was in Europe, I found booby traps such as “Die of brain hemorrhage if you remember this.” I later found out that the woman, who was relatively young, had experienced extremely blood shot eyes, which presumably were from these commands.

I also did some work once on a relatively young woman who was overseas, who had to use a cane to walk with, and was able to give up the cane after I did a distant session on her. The people in the local village were amazed to see this.

I realized after working on Eve that many others need me to do this for them. Eve had been learning the DVDs, but naturally she could not continue while she was so very sick.

Therefore, I have decided to make the following offer. Anyone who purchases the Perfect Health with Kinesiology & Muscle Testing DVD training system, or who has purchased it in the past, may contact me and I will do a distance kinesiology session on them, for free, with the following provisos:

I cannot work on people who are on any kind of drugs (recreational or medical), receiving any kind of mental health work or involved with the occult. Vitamins are not drugs.

Please note that distance sessions are never, ever as good as working directly on the physical body. However, in the session I will do the best I can to do the following:

  • Balance up the basic energy systems of the body, including cloacals and the 14 muscle balance which balanced up the energy from the main systems and organs in the body (such as Central nervous system, heart and intestines).
  • Remove Booby Traps.
  • Muscle test for the number of metaphysical abilities you have, and attempt to identify what the more important ones are. 

If you have purchased a system, please email me your phone number if you are interested in this. If you don’t get an email back, our communication has likely been interfered with, so please phone directly. It will help if I can know the following, briefly (some people send me many pages, and I’m sorry but I don’t have time to read this). Sensitive information such as family details should be said over the phone rather than by email.

  • Name.
  • Phone number.

  • Approximate age.
  • Something about your present and past, such as occupations.

  • Location (if you have moved).
  • Something about your ancestry and family.

  • Marriage status and names of children (Threats to children are often used in Booby traps).

  • Something about your spiritual beliefs.
  • Symptoms, especially weird ones.
  • Something about things that indicate you have metaphysical abilities.

  • Brief details of anything else you think is relevant or off high interest to you.

Please note that it may take up to a week or more before I am able to do this, due to demand and because this takes a lot of energy out of both Michael and myself.

I am an empath and each time I tie into the totality of what has been done to a person, and this can be very debilitating. It’s much worse if I talk with them on the phone – I found now that my eyes close almost every time when I am talking with an abductee (i.e. virtually all metatech readers).

Also, it takes a lot of energy to process and work out all the infinite varieties of possible booby traps, to arrive at the correct one.

In addition, spiritual attack can be involved each time we deal with a new person. The evil ones do not want their ‘property’ to get free. Nothing is harder than the beginning of the battle; but then again, nothing is more important or rewarding than getting free.

That being said, helping strengthen you in this way will improve the consciousness of your area, and help you to take a more active part in the war between good and evil, and thus benefit all of us, and that is why we are making this offer.

Sincerely,

Stephanie Relfe

UPDATES

We did another one today. A woman in England purchased the system, and within a few days emailed me:

“On the night of — I awoke at around 2:30hrs with an excruciating headache which felt as though my brain was under so much pressure that it would explode. The pain only eased off when I got up and walked around a little. I then spent the rest of the night dozing on and off sitting upright. During the day I felt heavy headed and managed to catch some sleep for about 1.5hrs in the afternoon and woke up feeling a little better.

The same headache repeated itself last night (25th Feb) – I was awakened by the same intense pain at 1:45hrs. Not had such pain before unless it was a hangover from too much wine the night before. I haven’t consumed any alcohol for the last 2+ weeks.”

When we did a distance kinesiology session on her, these were the results:

Muscle testing indicated the following booby traps, which were removed:

  1. “Die if you remember this.”

  2. “Your brain explodes if you remember this.”

  3. “Die in agony if you remember this.”

(At this stage, we got nothing. Muscle testing indicated interference with one “unknown”. This was dealt with, with the spiritual sword).

  1. “Hemorrhage to death if you remember this.”

  2. “Drop you body if you remember this.”

  3. “Die immediately if you remember this.”

  4. “Go to the afterlife if you remember this.”

  5. “Go to your funeral if you remember this.”

  6. “Your organs die if you remember this.”

  7. “Go insane if you remember this.”

  8. “Be a cadaver if you remember this.”

  9. “Die in your sleep if you remember this.”

This lady emailed me within an hour of this session and my sending her the results:

“I’m feeling a change: I felt increase in pain initially when I did the prayers but it lessened after a couple of rounds.

About 30 mins ago I started feeling as though a layer of the weight on my head had come of. I still feel groggy and have strange sensations on the external parts of my scalp – kind of like patchy areas of mild burning especially around the occiput and right temporal area above the ear. A small area of burning on scam above left ear.

The pain in my head has moved to become more right sided. And as I finish writing this it is moving to the left side and down the side of my neck. So it appears to have started to travel.”

Shortly after she emailed me again:

“Feeling much much better now. The pain has changed and now feels like mild discomfort and so much relief. Thank you.”

surround-yourself-elephants-large

 

Save

Save


Print pagePDF pageEmail page

The post Free Distance Healing Kinesiology Session to Remove Booby Traps appeared first on Metatech.

Good News Stories will be Posted Here

$
0
0

Good News Stories will be Posted Here

Good-NewsOver the past few decades there has been very little good news. And, to make matters worse, the amount of bad news just kept escalating.

However, recently we have had some evidence that good things are happening. We believe that the prayers, spiritual warfare and intentions of a few good people and powerful talents (people with metaphysical abilities) is finally starting to make a difference, and change reality for the better.

These are:

HUNGARY BECOMES THE THIRD COUNTRY TO FREE ITSELF FROM THE ROTHSCHILD BANKSTERS

August 2016

Well done Hungary! May you be inspiration to the rest of us! 

The two earlier countries were Iceland in 2012 and Russia in 2005; Both these countries have done very well since (as opposed to the rest of the world).

HOLLYWOOD BIG-BUDGET MOVIES ARE BOMBING

July 2016

Hollywood movies affect our reality by giving people pictures and experiences of violence, materialism, selfishness, horror, perversion and immorality, rather than goodness and abundance and holiness.

However, something seems to have weakened their power recently. I well remember when Independence Day came out – it seemed that everyone in Sydney, Australia was out to see that movie. It was as though they had all been commanded to go see it. And, yes, it was a good movie. We believe that this movie was part of the agenda to soften people up for the coming harvest, to help get them on to the ships. Therefore, it was to be expected that the sequel, Independence Day Resurgence would be just as good, if not better. However, it bombed amazingly: Rotten Tomatoes gave it a score of around 35%.

The sequel to Ghostbusters (with women replacing the men actors) is reported to be even worse.

And this article backups what we are saying: That Hollywood has lost its ‘magic’: “The end of Hollywood: “Alice Through the Looking Glass” is yet another big-budget flop.”

Hollywood uses black magick to help it create and suck in people to watch their moves, and to mesmerize them into loving them – even when they push evil agendas. An important part of black magick is creating egregores – energy masses- that power their spells.

A major reason they continually do blood rituals is to power these egregores; big balls of demonic and spiritual energy. To understand egregores fully, watch/read “Interview with an Ex-Vampire – A true story“).

However, nothing can stand against the power of the Holy Spirit, the word of Jesus and the intention of high powered talents. Now that it seems that Hollywood has lost its demonic power, maybe other good things can now follow.

BREXIT REFERENDUM WON BY UK PEOPLE

The Brexit Referendum was won by the UK people in June 2016, so that they should now change laws so that Britain leaves the EU (European Union).

While some people are trying to claim that the Illuminati actually wanted this to happen, we can find no reason to think this. This referendum should lead to changes so that Britain leaves the E.U., and can finally make its own laws for itself, manage its own economy and protect its borders from invaders, thus protecting the livelihood of its own people. Keep up the good work to make sure this becomes law.


Who knows? Maybe the coming harvest of humans by aliens will not be anywhere near as big as they planned? DO NOT GET ON THE SHIPS

10X10-white-spacer

Metatech.org - Nordics are Nazis 10X10-white-spacer

10X10-white-spacer

new-world-order-mind-control-commands 10X10-white-spacer

10X10-white-spacer

10X10-white-spacer

Please download the free booklet on Removing Alien and Military Mind Control Commands. This is a direct download without signing up for anything. Only then will you understand why this information will never be discussed on any UFO or Conspiracy site and will never be touched by broadcasters like Alex Jones, Jeff Rense or George Noory.

DISCLAIMER: The information on this website is not medical science or medical advice. This information is not backed up by scientific evidence. This is just for your information. This information and these products have not been evaluated by the FDA. These products and information are not intended to diagnose, treat, cure or prevent any disease, disorder, pain, injury, deformity, or physical or mental condition. Results are not typical. Individual results may vary. Because every person's situation is different , the author of this article will not be held responsible for any negative results which come from reading or acting upon the information in this article. Use at your own risk. We make no medical claims for any products, nor do we sell them or offer them for the treatment for any ailment.

Up to 1/3 of this article may be copied as long as no alterations are made, you mention the author and link to www.Relfe.com

Disclosure: The owner of this website is a participant in the Amazon Services LLC Associates Program, an affiliate advertising program designed to provide a means for sites to earn advertising fees by advertising and linking to Amazon properties including, but not limited to, amazon.com, endless.com, myhabit.com, smallparts.com, or amazonwireless.com.

————-

Copyright ©: Stephanie Relfe 2015 – 3000

Up to 1/3 of this article may be copied as long as no alterations are made, you mention and link to www.Metatech.org or www.Relfe.com

www.TheMarsRecords.com

www.MetaTech.org

www.Relfe.com

www.ExVampire.com

www.PerfectHealthSystem.com

www.PerfectHealthDVD.com

www.SynergisticKinesiology.com

www.YoureNotFatYoureToxic.com

www.RexDeus.com

www.DrawingLessonsWithGrids.com

Save

Save

Save


Print pagePDF pageEmail page

The post Good News Stories will be Posted Here appeared first on Metatech.

Give Evil Beings Spiritual Death with your Spiritual Sword

$
0
0

Give Evil Beings Spiritual Death

with your Spiritual Sword

sword-600w

All of us are being affected either directly or indirectly by the many evil beings on this planet. In order to stop the current downslide direction of systems of government and business, and the degenerating behavior of people, each of us must do what we can to remove evil beings from earth.  Then our government and business leaders, who are mostly spiritual dummies, can wake up and start realizing that we will all be better off if we all do only good things. This article will show how you can make a really big, permanent difference to your family, groups, town, state, country and planet, and it won’t cost you a cent.

Not everyone gets attacked spiritually, to the same degree as other people.  If a person is a good little sheeple, as I once was, and doing what the evil ones like you to do, and making no positive difference in the world, you will probably think that I am nuts to talk about spiritual attack. When I was a sheeple and starting to wake up, there was one day when I thought I was under spiritual attack, because I felt so awful on that day. However, I had just learned how to do kinesiology and accurate muscle testing, and when I went to a friend to give me a balance to feel good again, and find out if I was under spiritual attack, the cause turned out to be not spiritual, but chemical/nutritional.  The cause was actually just too much sugar.

So, not everyone who thinks that they are being spiritually attacked is correct. Accurate muscle testing can identify what’s going on. Believe it or not, the human body is able to access information about anyone at anytime, anywhere. Try it for yourself and if you do this enough you will get to see the truth of this. (Note: This is very different from getting information by dowsing, which we do not recommend). It is quite likely that this is one of the reasons why the oligarchs have done so much to make sure that applied kinesiology and muscle testing are still known by relatively few people, even though it regularly gives people amazing results. Get some one to say “Barack Obama” and see how their arms go weak when tested – not a good sign.

I have no idea exactly how the body is able to give all the information that it does, but I believe it has something to do with two things. Firstly, your body has an electrical field around it. Anything that enters this field interacts with the body. The brain processes this information. You ‘talk’ directly to the brain by muscle testing.

Secondly, there is a theory that both our brains and the universe are holograms. An example of a hologram is one of those 3-D pictures you see in cubes, which are made from lasers. The special thing about a hologram is that if you break the hologram into many different pieces, each piece will then contain a perfect picture of the original. We are all connected energetically to everything. That is why it is so important for each of us to be the very best we can be, to raise others up. For more information and understanding of this, I highly recommend that you read the brilliant book The Holographic Universe by Michael Talbot. This brilliant book is very easy to read. I cannot recommend it highly enough. This information should be taught in all schools.

Michael and I will often muscle test each other, sometimes when lying in bed before going to sleep, to get information about ourselves and what is going on in the world.

However, once we took on our ministry, and starting doing things that were directly aimed both physically and spirtually against dissolving the power structures of the evil ones, we started to come under real spiritual attack. How do I know this? Because we would develop a symptom, then muscle test, and if it was spiritual, Michael would do deliverance, that is, bind the beings causing the problems, in Jesus’ name, and send them wherever God wanted them. As soon as that was done, the symptom would vanish.

Over the years, just some of the symptoms we have experienced are:

  • Intense anger out of nowhere, for no reason.
  • Pain in chest.
  • Pain in ankles or other joints.
  • Pain in stomach.
  • Pain in head.
  • Burning, intense pains, in just one spot, like a red, hot poker.
  • Difficulty breathing.
  • Racing heart.
  • Choking.
  • Appalling nightmares so bad I would wake up screaming so loudly that my throat was sore for a while afterwards. The first time this happened was around 2011. I had virtually never had nightmares my whole life, except for some in my childhood of monsters taking me and my siblings (these no doubt came from the fact that we had to walk quite a long way on our own to and from elementary school, and I was scared to, after being told that people try to pick up  and murder children, and my mother refused to take us in the car).

Nearly all of these nightmares were similar. They lasted much less than a second, about as fast as a gun shot, thus giving me no time to respond. I am sure these nightmares were meant to kill me. There was a blast of energy, so powerful, that I was convinced it had killed me and everyone around me, and there was nothing but blackness and despair and the most awful feeling of total hopelessness you can possibly imagine. When I woke up screaming, I was surprised to find that I was alive.

The screaming was so bad my throat hurt for a while afterwards. These nightmares reminded me of the stories I have heard of totally healthy people going to bed and never waking up again. In some cases in China, the person’s hair was been found to turn white.

We continually prayed and muscle tested to find out how these attacks were getting through. There is always a reason for something like this happening. The curse causeless shall not come. Proverbs 26:2. It took us many years to find out what the legal hole was that allowed these attacks to happen, but fortunately, I eventually found out what this was caused by a portal from a mirror, and how to stop them. 

One day around 2004, Michael and I were coming under intense spiritual attack. However, this time was different. 

When we were being attacked, as usual, I would muscle test Michael to see what kind of beings were attacking us, and how many of them there were. Our current catalog for identification includes the following:

Beings without bodies

  • Fallen Angels.
  • Celestial Beings, including but not limited to:
    • Powers.
    • Principalities.
    • Kingdoms.
    • Thrones.
    • Dominions.
    • World Rulers.
  • Old Ones.
  • Deep Ones.
  • Little “g” gods (eg Roman gods, Greek gods, Elder gods, Lesser gods)).
  • Demigods.
  • Unknowns.
  • Emissaries of Lucifer.
  • Lucifer (Probably not the real thing. More likely beings working directly for lucifer calling themselves after his name, the way that servants in England called themselves after their master on occasion – see the movie “Gosford Park”).
  • Others not mentioned.

Beings with bodies

  • Aliens, including:
    • Grays.
    • Tall grays.
    • Insectoids.
    • Tall Whites (Nordics, Nazi Aryans).
    • Grasshopper aliens.
    • Darx (this is a new species that we discovered).
  • Reptilians (Reptilians are not aliens because they are native to earth)
  • Draconians (These look like tall, skinny Reptilians, possibly with wings. They are a different species to Reptilians and seem to usually be superior to the Reptilians. Some are on the planet Draco).
  • Humans, including
    • Military and INTEL members.
    • Religious Cult groups.
    • Occult Groups (witches, satanists, ceremonial magicians).
  • Others not mentioned.

I was getting so sick of what was going on, and not being able to do something more concrete. I cried out to God to ask Him what I could do to help Michael. I did a meditation, and went to a place in my mind called my Sacred Space, which is a beautiful place of nature, where I sometimes find answers. No one is allowed in this space without my permission.

There is a beach in this place. When I went there this time, I found a very large rock. A sword was stuck in it. I pulled out the sword, and looked at it, and thought to myself, “This is the Sword of Excalibur.”

In that moment I instantly understood that this sword could give beings spiritual death. When we ‘die’ we don’t really die – we just drop the body. The spirit lives on. Read stories about near-death experiences, and you will learn how people feel wonderful when they drop the body. But spirits can be killed permanently, as will happen one day to Lucifer and the other fallen angels.

I realized also that the spiritual Sword of Excalibur that I saw in my meditation, was the same Sword of the Spirit that one prays for when one prays to put on the armor of God, that is in the bible. It’s not a decorative item. It has a real purpose. Just as the angels are fighting a spiritual war above us, you can too. And possibly because you are in an earthly body, you have spiritual rights to kill beings on this planet, that the angels are not allowed to touch.

From that day, when we both started using the Sword of the Spirit to kill whatever muscle testing told us was attacking us (or just using it anyway, when on our own, and trusting God to help us out), our lives improve dramatically. Spiritual attacks and drama decreased noticeably. The great thing about spiritual warfare is that if you pray “wrong”, nothing bad happens except that if you keep praying, God will put it in your mind how to pray “right”.

Here is a suggestion for a prayer for the whole armor of God. Do this daily, especially before leaving your home, or going to sleep:

“Heavenly Father, in the name of the Lord Jesus Christ, I now put upon myself and all present the full armor of God, the armor of Light, the Breastplate of Righteousness, the Shield of Faith, the Helmet of Salvation, the Sword of the Spirit, the Belt of Truth, the Garment of Vengeance, the Cloak of Zeal, and any other part of the armor of God that I do not know about, and my feet shod with the gospel of peace.” (Eph 6:13, Isaiah 59:17)

Here is a suggestion for how to use the Sword of the Spirit

Download the MP3 Prayers  

Hear them on Youtube

If you know how to do accurate muscle testing, it helps a lot to first use muscle testing to identify:

  • How many types of beings are involved.
  • The types of beings (use list above for a guide).
  • The total number of each type of being.

1. Bind the beings

First say a prayer to bind the beings that are attacking you:

“Heavenly Father, in the name of Lord Jesus Christ, I ask you to please send billions and trillions of legions of angels to bind all these beings (name the beings) attacking me and please deliver these beings to me for their total destruction. In Jesus name, Father I ask you to prevent me from being harmed when I do this and please prevent anyone from knowing that I did this and please keep all knowledge of what I do now hidden from all the enemy.”

2. Kill them Spiritually

The beings have been delivered to you. They are bound together in a small area. Now, physically lift your arms and hands and ‘see’ yourself holding a giant sword. Say this prayer as you physically slice and thrust all the evil ones you sense. Keep doing it until you feel they are destroyed.

“In the name of the Lord Jesus Christ, I kill and destroy these beings now.”

Anytime you feel any kind of negative oppression or craziness, use your sword. For example, you can use it to kill the demons that give power to remote viewers. It is our experience that many people with metaphysical abilities are being used as Michael was by the U.S. Navy, and people with the most valuable abilities have personal remote viewers assigned to them 24 hours a day. (Valuable abilities include sending, opening portals, manifesting, changing timelines, killing with the mind and seeing the future).

Even if the people doing the remote viewing cannot be harmed (since they are just pawns in the game), you can kill the demons that give them their remote viewing abilities and render them harmless. Metaphysical abilities can come from demons, or they can be a natural gift from God that can never be used for evil purposes.

In addition, cleanse your area to help free yourself and earth. With at least one other person…

For where two or three are gathered together in my name, there am I in the midst of them. Matthew 18:20

visit your local government & big-business buildings (think Monsanto or vaccine companies) and masonic temples. Pour a few drops of oil on them to anoint them. Then bind all the beings, in the name of Jesus, giving power to the building and all people associated with it, and then kill them with your sword. 

I’m told by someone who can see that every Walmart has a cloud of demons flying over its roof – they could do with removing.

IMPORTANT NOTES

1) PROTECTION FOR THE BEINGS

Sometimes the being you are praying against will have protection. We have found that muscle testing as to whether or not it has protection, and what kind of protection, gives interesting results. If there is protection, you need to pray against it and/or use your spiritual sword to destroy it, before you can do anything else.

2) UNIVERSES & DIMENSIONS

Sometimes when we have been attacked, we still feel symptoms of illness / nausea type symptoms, or other symptoms, after doing spiritual warfare. In these cases, it often meant that we were tied to a dimension/s or universe/s by the beings we prayed against. A lot of black magick is to do with these. Muscle testing can identify this. Pray to break the connection, and implode the dimension/universe.

St. George & The Dragon

There is often some truth to myths. What’s interesting when you study pictures of St. George and the dragon, is that some of the ancient pictures don’t portray dragons as giant reptiles, but more as weedy-looking, human-sized, alien-looking beings. In those days, there were people who could see what is going on, because they had not had their brains damaged by vaccination, and they were fed breast milk for extended period of time.

Be like St. George. Kill reptilians and aliens.

Download the MP3 Prayers

st-george-dragon-8

st-george-dragon-1

st-george-dragon-7

st-george-dragon-6

st-george-dragon-5

st-george-dragon-2

st-george-dragon-9


P.S. Try doing it with one hand in a bowl of water.

10X10-white-spacer 10X10-white-spacer

Metatech.org - Nordics are Nazis 10X10-white-spacer

10X10-white-spacer

new-world-order-mind-control-commands 10X10-white-spacer

10X10-white-spacer

10X10-white-spacer

Please download the free booklet on Removing Alien and Military Mind Control Commands. This is a direct download without signing up for anything. Only then will you understand why this information will never be discussed on any UFO or Conspiracy site and will never be touched by broadcasters like Alex Jones, Jeff Rense or George Noory.

DISCLAIMER: The information on this website is not medical science or medical advice. This information is not backed up by scientific evidence. This is just for your information. This information and these products have not been evaluated by the FDA. These products and information are not intended to diagnose, treat, cure or prevent any disease, disorder, pain, injury, deformity, or physical or mental condition. Results are not typical. Individual results may vary. Because every person's situation is different , the author of this article will not be held responsible for any negative results which come from reading or acting upon the information in this article. Use at your own risk. We make no medical claims for any products, nor do we sell them or offer them for the treatment for any ailment.

Up to 1/3 of this article may be copied as long as no alterations are made, you mention the author and link to www.Relfe.com

Disclosure: The owner of this website is a participant in the Amazon Services LLC Associates Program, an affiliate advertising program designed to provide a means for sites to earn advertising fees by advertising and linking to Amazon properties including, but not limited to, amazon.com, endless.com, myhabit.com, smallparts.com, or amazonwireless.com.

————-

Copyright ©: Stephanie Relfe 2015 – 3000

This article, or parts of this article may be copied as long as no alterations are made, you mention and link to www.Metatech.org or www.Relfe.com

www.TheMarsRecords.com

www.MetaTech.org

www.Relfe.com

www.ExVampire.com

www.PerfectHealthSystem.com

www.PerfectHealthDVD.com

www.SynergisticKinesiology.com

www.YoureNotFatYoureToxic.com


Print pagePDF pageEmail page

The post Give Evil Beings Spiritual Death with your Spiritual Sword appeared first on Metatech.

Manifest What You Want with a Group Visualization

$
0
0

Manifest What You Want

with a Group Visualization

procyon

Procyon

A group visualization changes the power of manifesting what you want from a candle light to a laser beam. Your group can be as small as two people.

The beginning of my journey fighting aliens began in Sydney Australia around 1990, when a fellow clearing practitioner brought back from the USA the book Matrix II, a 660 page collection of documents, by Val Valerian, of www.TruFax.org. This was in the days before the internet. After reading Matrix II,  which contains much information and drawings of aliens, abductions, underground bases and similar subjects. I walked around in total shock, hardly speaking at all (most unusual for me), after reading this book.

Matrix II

However, it isn’t all bad. There are two pages in that book that I have always kept to remind me of how we can get out of this mess, no matter how bad things may look. Michael and I do not agree with all of the following, and some of it is over simplified. However, part of this speaks to my soul as though there is much truth in it. Here are those two pages. The most important points to remember are #2 and #11.

Service to Others

1. There is a species from Procyon that has had a hand in the genetic development of humans and were involved with the initial interbreeding with primitive humans.

(Note by Stephanie Relfe: This reminds me of the Arisians in our favorite Lensmen SciFi series of books, by E.E.Doc Smith, which we highly recommend you read, especially books #2-6. Most interestingly, we know a multiple-abductee with powerful metaphysical abilities, who reads a lot, but falls asleep almost instantly whenever she tries to read these books. Obviously, there are beings who do not want some people to read these books).

2. Procyonian basic purpose: The Law of One is service to others. They feel that All That Is will benefit if man can develop as a true social memory complex, i.e., an aligned mass consciousness of integrated biospheric entity. To them, 5 billion beings integrated as one “Awareness of Awareness” Unit in Creation is a natural state.

Each separate entity still maintains the individual unique nature, which is the sum total of its integrated experiencews, its basic differentiated identity as a spiritual entity aware of its immortality despite the use of an organic body.

3. Their airm is to help us to help ourselves by bringing humans to their full potential.

4. Failing goal #3 above, they will reap the smaller harvest of human souls and relocate them for advanced schooling elsewhere (or “elsewhen” in the event of a natural disaster).

5. Humans tend to make Savior or Satan figures out of extraterrestrial or extradensity beings. In doing so, they hope to negate responsibility for their misdeeds by appointing scapegoats. It is a self defeating strategy. If individuals do their best and work toward peace and unity of purpose, it will contribute towards correction of the imbalance. There are no guarantees.

6. “Christ-consciousness” is awe-inspiring to humans of the 3rd density. It is far more demanding to develop the full spectrum of awareness. It is up to individuals to create their destiny.

7.  The Procyonians have the ability to travel within timeframes and density levels, as well  as inbetween. Rigelian entities lack this capability. They depend on beam craft for interstellar travel. Procyonians “astrally” travel from location to location (perception to perception) as a natural function.

(Note by Stephanie Relfe: We do not recommend astral travel at this stage of human development. It is too easy to collect a bunch of demons, as there are some very seedy characters out there. It’s rather like walking through a ghetto).

8. The Procyonian craft are constructed in one piece that is fabricated within an energy Matrix and solidified as an aware living crystal that is perfectly tuned to the pilot via computer link. The craft itself has a limited awareness level.

(Note: Any being that uses living ships with high levels of awarness is practicing slavery. We presume that in this case the level of awareness is extremely low. Even rocks have a level of awareness)

9. When the beamship contains three or more crew members who are the same density as the craft, then a teleportation sequence is possible.

10. The name of the home planet of the Procyonians translates roughly as “Those who travel through time.”

11. All cultures go through states of higher technological development prior to learning that everything they have accomplished can be achieved by way of pure thought.

12. Humanity as a mass consciousness can create any destiny it chooses to create for itself.

How a Group Visualization Brought the Berlin Wall Down

The beginning of my journey out of sheeple land was back around 1998. I was single at the time, and met a man I was attracted to. He told me that he was going to do a personal development seminar called “Insight”, which lasted a few days. When he came back from the seminar, he looked directly in my eyes in a way that no one had ever done before. In that moment, I became aware of how much junk was going on in my mind – the kind of useless thoughts that can go round and round a person’s head. I decided to do the seminar to get rid of that junk.

I was concerned on one issue; at the time I had acne. I was going to get only a few hours of sleep a night, due to the seminar going late into the night, plus I had some work I had to do early in the morning. Knowing that lack of sleep made my acne worse, I figured that by the end of the seminar that my acne would have gone berzerk. In fact, the reverse happened. After the weekend, my acne cleared up!

I still don’t know what they did in that seminar. All I remember is being in a room with about 100 people, and a lot of time each of us would sit knee-to-knee opposite another person, answer questions, and then do the same to the person opposite us. I know now that looking in a person’s eyes put’s you into alpha-level. That is, it slows down your brain waves from the normal beta-level. I presume also that the questions were a way of clearing out negative thoughts from the reactive mind.

I do not recommend the seminar to anyone because I don’t believe anyone should do processes that are not explained to you beforehand and because of the obvious lack of integrity on the last day; we had been told to make no important decisions for seven days after the seminar, but at the end of the seminar, they wanted us to fork over $700 for Insight #2.

However, after that experience I knew that change was possible, and there was much more to the mind that we had been told, and thus began my journey looking for other ways to improve.

This led me to do a course that was similar to another course called “Alpha Dynamics”, that was recommended to me. At the course we learned how calming the mind and slowing it down from the normal Beta frequencies to Alpha frequencies made it possible to do things with the mind, such as heal ourselves with visualization, do distant healing on others, and make visualizations come true. Later on, I used this method to cure myself of rampant candida.

For example, at the course I was worked with a woman who was a stranger to me. She wanted to know what was happening with a friend of hers who she was very worried about, because the friend had been acting in a very negative way recently, and she wanted to know what was going on with her. As we were taught, I ‘called in’ the person and felt her spirit with my hands. Then, suddenly, while doing this, I absolutely positively knew that she was being physically beaten up by her husband. I wondered if there was anything I could do to help. I thought of that was best for her to do in this awful situation, and told her to leave him. The woman I was working with told me later that the woman left her husband soon after. Obviously, that was very powerful. This kind of technique should only be used in extreme cases, where someone is beyond being all physical help, because it is, after all, manipulative. One can only imagine how the dark side uses this kind of thing to destroy people’s lives.

Now, I am not suggesting that you use visualization for just anything, as those people were doing. But if you have are connected with God, and doing your best to fulfill his will, I believe that there is a place for doing this, especially if you pray first to confirm that God would like you to do this. After all, Jesus said,

Verily, verily, I say unto you. He that believeth on me, the works that I do shall he do also, and greater works than these shall he do. John 14:12

Other clues in the Bible that tell us that visualization that is aligned with God’s purposes are:

  • For as he thinketh in his heart, so is he. Proverbs 23:7
  • We are commanded to meditate on the Word, which involves prayerfully rolling it around in our hearts and minds. Since the Bible is full of picture stories, we will by necessity be picturing as we meditate upon Scripture (Joshua 1:8).
  • Images have the power to change me much more greatly than when I simply think a thought. That is why God says we are transformed “while we look” (2 Cor. 4:16-18).

For example, when I see myself clothed with the armor of God, it obviously influences me much more greatly than when I simply recall the Scripture verses Ephesians 6:11-17,  Isaiah 59:17. To put on the armor of God, you have to visualize it. Here is the prayer that we say when we do this:

“Heavenly Father, in the name of Jesus Christ, I now put upon myself and all present the full armor of God, the armor of Light, the Breastplate of Righteousness, the Shield of Faith, the Helmet of Salvation, the Sword of the Spirit, the Belt of Truth, the Garment of Vengeance, the Cloak of Zeal, and any other part of the armor of God that I do not know about, and my feet shod with the gospel of peace.”

  • If God did not approve of visualization, why would he counsels us at night through our dreams (Psalms. 16:7).
  • Even the Lord’s supper utilizes imagery. As Jesus broke the bread, He said, “This is My body” and as they drank the wine, He said, “This is My blood” (Matt. 26:26-28). I see this imagery as I partake of the Lord’s supper, and by doing so, it impacts me greatly every time I do it. When you do this in memory of Jesus (1 Corinthians: 11:24), visualize the spirit of Jesus flooding your body as you do so, to help you to become more closer to God.
  • The Bible is absolutely full of dreams, visions, pictures, images, and parables from cover to cover, so obviously God is big on imagery.
  • When David prayed, he used imagery (Ps. 23).
  • In the New Testament, we are told that Jesus is the Image of the invisible God, and we are to look unto Jesus. (Hebrews 12:2). So in both Old and New Testaments, God has ordained imagery as part of our approach to Him.

The world is in a great mess right now. People are a long way from doing any of hte miracles that Jesus did, let alone exceeding what he did. More is needed. For all we know, God is just waiting for us to use the abilities he gave us to improve it, with our minds and hearts.

More evidence that we should use our God-given power of changing physical reality through visualization is that the evil ones have been doing many things to greatly reduce our mind power. These have included:

  • Aerosolized thought-control vaccines, paid for and distributed by the Pentagon, which are deliberately designed to change the part of the brain that produces belief and intent – two things needed to make a visualization come true. (See this shocking video).
  • TV and movies that give us only images of violence, lust, death, evil and scarcity. How many movies have you seen with images of a new civilization with Holy love, caring, abundance, happy families, miracles and exceeding joy?

Do the evil ones know that if left to ourselves, we will eventually create heaven on earth? We believe  so.

Now I will tell you how a visualization brought down the Berlin Wall.

To physically change the future with a visualization, you first have to think of something that represents what you are trying to achieve. It’s easier to create something in your mind, than to visualize the absence of something. For example, how do you visualize and end to Monsanto? Perhaps one could visualize “For Sale” signs outside every Monsanto office?

The culmination of the course was the evening where we did a group visualization. We were told that having more than one person visualize a particular goal does not work, because each person’s visualization interferes with the others’ visualizations, because each one is different.

What is needed is for just one person to do the visualization.

The other people then send pure unformed energy / intention to the person, to back-up the original person. I was told that this magnifies the power of the original visualization by thousands of times.

To do this, the group first relaxes and gets into alpha levels. When the person who is to visualize is ready, they say something like, “Send your energy to me on the count of three. One, two, three”. Then everyone on the group looks towards the person and sends energy and intention to that person. After the person feels that they are done, they say “thank you.”

To send energy and intention to the visualizer, some people like to point their hands towards the person. Do whatever it is that helps you to send belief, energy and intention to power the visualization.

I was told that this had been done by a previous group, and that one girl decided that she wanted to visualize an end to Communism, and she felt that the best way to picture this would be the Berlin Wall coming down, so that was what she did, with the group supporting her in the above method. I was told that the Berlin Wall came down not too long after, in either a matter of weeks or months.

Most interestingly to us, in the Lensmen series books which I hope you will read, and which may give you goosebumps once you read the 6th book, “Children of the Lens”, as it did for us, in the book earth and the galaxy is saved by five children with magnified metaphysical abilities, being supported by the energy of a mind meld of millions of loyal beings from all over the galaxy, who supported a free and good civilization. This was very similar to the group visualization that brought down the Berlin Wall.

lensmen_

Some Evil Things are Protected

In doing this to help the world, we have ‘seen’ through images, and backed up with muscle testing, that some of the evil things on earth are protected from exactly this kind of thing. You may need to do some meditation first to see if this is the case with your target. Accurate muscle testing can be a huge help with this, not only because it gives you answers from your body, which knows everything on earth, but also because when you do this it gives you a ‘line’ to the target so that you sometimes will get an image of what is going on. If you do locate some kind of barrier, you will want to dismantle it with such things as prayer and your spiritual sword.  In addition, be sure to pray protection so that you cannot be harmed when doing this and that no one will know what you have done.

Important

If you do this to help the earth and its people, pray for total guidance first.

It may help if the person doing the visualization has their hands fully covered in a bowl of warm water. Please see this article for more information.

10X10-white-spacer

Metatech.org - Nordics are Nazis 10X10-white-spacer

10X10-white-spacer

new-world-order-mind-control-commands 10X10-white-spacer

10X10-white-spacer

10X10-white-spacer

Please download the free booklet on Removing Alien and Military Mind Control Commands. This is a direct download without signing up for anything. Only then will you understand why this information will never be discussed on any UFO or Conspiracy site and will never be touched by broadcasters like Alex Jones, Jeff Rense or George Noory.

DISCLAIMER: The information on this website is not medical science or medical advice. This information is not backed up by scientific evidence. This is just for your information. This information and these products have not been evaluated by the FDA. These products and information are not intended to diagnose, treat, cure or prevent any disease, disorder, pain, injury, deformity, or physical or mental condition. Results are not typical. Individual results may vary. Because every person's situation is different , the author of this article will not be held responsible for any negative results which come from reading or acting upon the information in this article. Use at your own risk. We make no medical claims for any products, nor do we sell them or offer them for the treatment for any ailment.

Up to 1/3 of this article may be copied as long as no alterations are made, you mention the author and link to www.Relfe.com

Disclosure: The owner of this website is a participant in the Amazon Services LLC Associates Program, an affiliate advertising program designed to provide a means for sites to earn advertising fees by advertising and linking to Amazon properties including, but not limited to, amazon.com, endless.com, myhabit.com, smallparts.com, or amazonwireless.com.

————-

Copyright ©: Stephanie Relfe 2015 – 3000

This article, or parts of this article may be copied as long as no alterations are made, you mention and link to www.Metatech.org or www.Relfe.com

www.TheMarsRecords.com

www.MetaTech.org

www.Relfe.com

www.ExVampire.com

www.PerfectHealthSystem.com

www.PerfectHealthDVD.com

www.SynergisticKinesiology.com

www.YoureNotFatYoureToxic.com


Print pagePDF pageEmail page

The post Manifest What You Want with a Group Visualization appeared first on Metatech.


Mirrors Open Portals to Other Dimensions – A Being Walked Through One

$
0
0

Mirrors Open Portals to Other Dimensions;  

A Being Walked Through One.

Plus; How to Stop Nightmares

 

by Stephanie Relfe

2/19/15

mirror-classic-650

 

One blessing of having a website like this one, with such extraordinary information, is that we get to talk on the phone with some very interesting people, many of whom have had really unusual and paranormal things happen to them. That’s often what brings them to this site. This is one reason why we are able to believe all the weird stuff we write about, and have a much better understanding of it, than isolated individuals can.

These are generally not crazy people. They are intelligent, well spoken, from an enormous variety of backgrounds and trainings. Many are, or were, professionals in the business world. A number of them have connections to very famous people.

Many of the people who have talked with us felt that they were going mad with the strange things happening to them, and no one around them believing in such stuff, and therefore it was a great relief to them to find us and learn that similar extremely strange happenings have happened to thousands of other people. While each case is unique, it is amazing how many people who we have talked with often have  two or more of the following characteristics:

  • Metaphysical abilities, even if they had only a glimpse of what was possible, from a few experiences. 
  • Interesting bloodlines, often including a famous or aristocratic person in their background.
  • Close family member in the military, often the father, and usually not something simple like a soldier, but often a high-ranking officer and/or member of intelligence.
  • Close family member a high ranking Freemason.
  • Close experiences with interesting locations, such as Area 51 or other military bases.
  • Part of childhood spent in Germany, or time spent in other countries with Masonic connections, such as Scotland or Egypt (the only two countries ever to wear kilts), that seemed out of character with the family.

Plus it is very common for them to also have, due to programming –

  • Extreme money difficulties, even though they were well educated and had no apparent cause for this.
  • Terrible relationship problems, usually on their own, even if they were good looking, nice, professional people from reasonably happy families.

A few days ago, I was talking with a very nice man who has some interesting abilities, and he had a most interesting story to tell.

He had a very bad childhood. He realized later on that he had been groomed his whole life for a particular position. He was good looking, studying to be an actor in the USA, and dating a daughter of a very powerful member of organized crime. A relative at another college had his photo on her dresser, and his soon-to-be girlfriend saw the photo and said – “I’m going to marry that man.” Presumably, the demons were speaking to her, as you will see.

That girl changed colleges to pursue him. Later on when they were dating she asked him if he would like to have a spirit guide. He agreed, and not much later after that she went to join her witches’ coven that was meeting for Halloween. The man was in his bedroom that Halloween night, when out of a full length mirror, an adult-sized being stepped out.

The being was wearing a long, black cloak and a Quaker hat. He had glowing red eyes. He floated along the floor, three inches above the ground. No feet could be seen. Yet he was present in a total physical, 3-dimensional form. The man whom I am talking about was fully awake. This was no dream.

The being asked the man if he would like to join them. The being was meant to be the man’s spirit guide for life. In return, the man would receive all of the material things that he could ever wish for – fame as a movie star, immense riches, the girl for his wife, everything that he had been programmed to desire. The being was not there to sell the man on the benefits, he was just stating what the deal was. The being assumed that everything had been prearranged by the girlfriend, that this was a done deal.

However, I guess the girlfriend had not sufficiently done her homework, because the man looked at the being, and could clearly tell that this being was evil, and not with God. He chose instead to serve God, and refused the being, even if that meant material hardship to himself.

When he did that, the being reached to grab his heart. To protect himself, the man closed his eyes and meditated. He saw himself surrounded by Maharishi (he had done Transcendental Meditation – we don’t recommend that, but include this information as part of the story) and Christ’s light which was warm and golden. The being was not able to get through to him.

So the being returned to the mirror. The man was told later by his girlfriend that the being appeared at the coven that night, and hit the leader of the coven in the chest. The leader of the coven died, but was taken to hospital, and was revived later in the hospital (I guess that was a near-death experience). However, the coven leader was very sick for years later on.

Note about spirit guides: We do not recommend you have any spirit guides. Years before I met Michael and became a Christian, I occasionaly talked to two spirit guides I had. Eventually, however, I realized that they weren’t too smart, and that I did not need them. God and my higher self provided all the information I needed. I therefore asked them to leave (which they did). You have the Holy Spirit in your heart, and do not need to go anywhere else for guidance.

———–

We were reminded of the figure with glowing red eyes when Obama made this creepy speech at his last White House Correspondents’ Dinner in 2016. Go to 25.00:

———–

The being with the Quaker hat used the mirror as a portal. A portal is an unseen vortex that connects two places through time and space, and even dimensions or other realities or timelines.

I absolutely believe the story of the being coming out of the mirror and talking with the man. I was thinking about that story when Michael sent me a video of a psychic investigator, a woman who can see energies in and around people. In the first video she says that cell phones open up portals to other dimensions. We had already much reason to believe that, having seen the effect they have on people, and how super addicted people are to their phones, particularly smart phones.

I have also seen posts on a forum where people were discussing how within the last few years people have become extremely rude, lazy and self-centered at work, and that this started almost exactly the same time that the smart phones were introduced.

 

 

In the second video, she says that a mirror opens up a portal to another dimension. A hallway that has mirrors on both sides, so that they are opposing each other, is described as “a tunnel from Hell”.

 

 

HOW I STOPPED MY SCREAMING NIGHTMARES

It was watching the above video, and thinking of the story of the being who walked out of the mirror that a major realization hit me: The appalling nightmares that I had been having for the past three years, all started when we moved into a house that had mirrors on a closet in the bedroom! And the second house we moved into, the one we were in at time of writing, also has a mirror within line of sight of the bedroom.

I was having the most terrible nightmares you can possibly imagine for the past three years. They were so bad I would wake up screaming so loudly that my throat was sore for a while afterwards. They were so bad and so unique that I feel that they were not just a nightmare – something was trying to kill me.

The first time this happened was around 2011. I had virtually never had nightmares my whole life, except for some in my childhood of monsters taking me and my siblings (these no doubt came from the fact that we had to walk quite a long way on our own to and from elementary school, and I was scared to, after being told that people try to pick up  and murder children, and my mother refused to take us in the car. Plus being abducted once as a child probably contributed to them as well).

Nearly all of these nightmares were similar. They lasted much less than a second, about as fast as a gun shot, thus giving me no time to respond. I am sure these nightmares were meant to kill me.  There was a blast of energy, so powerful, that I was convinced it had killed me and everyone around me, and there was nothing but blackness and despair and the most awful feeling of total hopelessness you can possibly imagine. When I woke up screaming, I was surprised to find that I was alive.
The first time it happened I immediately remembered the story that if people die in a dream, they die in real life (Ref: Movie Dreamscape with Dennis Quaid).

The screaming was so bad my throat hurt for a while afterwards. These nightmares reminded me of the stories I have heard of totally healthy people going to bed and never waking up again. In some cases in China, the person’s hair was been found to turn white.

I have had maybe 30 or 40 of these dreams, averaging around one a month. We continually prayed and muscle tested to find out how these attacks were getting through. There is always a reason for something like this happening. The curse causeless shall not come. Proverbs 26:2.

Unfortunately, the body can only say “yes” or “no” when muscle testing, and we weren’t able to find anything to do. I had prayed off everything to do with family lines, past life sins and other related subjects. We had done everything possible to get all cursed objects out of the house. We had no ‘welcome’ mat inviting demons in. We also have a mezuzah stuck on every door leading to outside, plus the bedroom door. (A mesuzah is a small container which contains quotes from the bible). But still the nightmares continued, so something was still letting the demons in.

And then, shortly after talking with the man on the phone and seeing the above videos, it hit me! The nightmares started when we moved into a house with mirrors covering the closet in the master bedroom. The mirrors were an open portal to other dimensions!

I knew from feng shui that one should not have mirrors in the bedroom, because it causes restless energy. I realize now that mirrors do more than just increase the energy in a room. They let in evil spirits. We were renting, and because the mirrors were on folding doors of the closet, I could not work out how to cover them, and did not realize at the time how important it was that I do so.

Then, a year later, when we moved into another house, the one we were in at time of writing, I hoped that the nightmares would stop. They did not. This time while there were no mirrors in the bedroom, the idiots who designed the house did not put a door between the bedroom and the bathroom, just an open arch. Since we were renting, there wasn’t much I thought I could do. Part of the large vanity mirror looked almost directly into the bedroom, and I ignored the part of my mind that told me it was important to do something about it.

Once I realized that the bathroom mirror was letting something in that was causing my nightmares, I had two choices – cover up the mirror, or put bible verses on it, similar to the way the mezuzahs protect doorways. We know that words have more power than we know of, since, for example, aliens use them as part of their technology,

drone-pacl-q486-photo-4-fullsize-650B 

 

and even CERN, the large hadron collider, that’s 17 miles (27 Km) long, seems to use words as part of whatever strange things it is used for. See the sanskrit words that are on CERN, pictured below.

Some people have even suggested that the purpose of CERN is to create black holes that will let in evil beings from other dimensions. All we know for sure is that it is very strange to put a statue of Shiva the destroyer out the front of a supposedly scientific research station, and that these sanskrit words in CERN likely do not have a good purpose:

CERN-sanksrit2

CERN-sanskrit

 

In addition to the power of words, we know that there are legal laws that Lucifer and his gang have to follow. For example, when Bill Schnoebelen was a vampire, he could not go into anyone’s house until they invited him in. For example, if he and his wife visited someone for a party, they would stand around and talk on the front doorstep, until the host would say something like, “What are we all standing around here for? Come on in.”

So I chose to print out the following, and tape this on every mirror in the house. Even hand mirrors have this now in super tiny, font size 4;

In the name of Jesus’ Christ, may we, this house, our finances and possessions be protected from all spirits who do not serve God the Creator and Jesus Christ.

Whether therefore ye eat, or drink, or whatsoever ye do, do all to the glory of God.  Corinthians1, 10:31

He that believeth on me hath everlasting life. John 6:47

Trust in the Lord with all thine heart; and lean not unto thine own understanding. In all thy ways acknowledge him, and he shall direct thy paths. Proverbs 3:5

He took bread, and gave thanks, and brake it, and gave unto them, saying “This is my body which is given for you, do this in remembrance of me”. Luke 22:19

————–

Update – 6/17/15

It works! Normally in the 9 months that has gone, I would have had over many dozens of horrific nightmares. I have had not one of the really, really bad ones. In the few weeks after I posted on the mirror, I did have a few minor nightmares, but we found a cursed object (some comic pictures) that had been accidentally left in the bedroom, and removed them. Since doing that, I have been nightmare free!

We are also waking up with more energy.

Around the time that the nightmares started, I started feeling old sometimes, for the first time in my life. This seemed strange because we have a very healthy diet and lifestyle. It seemed that I could have this feeling of weariness, even when I had plenty of sleep, and no sleep debt. That feeling has not been with me since I put the quotes on the mirrors.  Sometimes I feel almost 30 again (I’m 54).

Update – 1/4/16 –

REMOVE ALL PICTURES, BOOKS, MAGAZINES, TOYS FROM YOUR BEDROOM

It’s now been 15 months with no nightmares, except for last night. Last night was a shocker; I was completely ‘dead’, hit by lightning, blackness and devastation everywhere etc, and screaming for a long time, with a very hoarse voice.

I realized that the demons got in through a glyph; that is, a special kind of picture. I learned from a woman who made the mistake of being involved with journeying, that glyphs are portals to other dimensions.

The glyph was something in a copy of the Robb Report magazine, that I had foolishly left in the bedroom. This happened again one other time later when a catalog was accidentally left in the bedroom.

Get anything with a picture or logo out of your bedroom; all magazines, catalogs, books, toys and pictures, especially  anything that is connected with corporations.

——-

More evidence that mirrors are portals to other dimensions, and allow evil spirits into the room, or maybe even into the whole house:

1) According to Japanese Legend,

If you reflect two mirrors into each other at midnight a demon pops out.

2) In Animal Planet’s The Haunted, some haunted houses are caused by demons who can’t get back into the mirror.

They believe that mirrors are possibly portals for spirits and that some spirits were invoked by mirrors. Once the spirits were called through by the use of the mirrors, who ever did it, just walked away and did not send them back through the mirror portal. So the spirits were trapped.

They also found that some of the mirrors had been covered and some had actually been painted black preventing them from going back through.

3) Chinese cover up mirrors to stop bad things coming out.

Posted on a forum:

“I lived in China for two years working in the fashion industry…I used to visit many factories, etc, and could never work out why all the mirrors always had covers over them. Because I needed to actually use the mirrors lol, I’d have to constantly take the covers from them.

I finally asked … ‘why do you guys always cover the mirrors?… they were not very good at answering this question…

I kept up my questioning, and the only answer I got that made any sense was…. “bad things come out”

… I guess they meant demons…”

4) Alice in Wonderland.

The Illuminati, who make full use of black magick, seem to have an obsession with this book, which is chock full of imagery to do with mind control and perverted predations on children (See some creepy photos of Lewis Carroll and 10-year-old Alice here if you wish).

Alice’s MK-Ultra/abuse probably started with her Oxford University Vice-Chancellor father Henry Liddell, who was also the Dean of Christ Church and he probably allowed her to be used by people like the Reverend Robinson Duckworth (was a chaplain/member of the Order of St. John, with its Maltese style cross always used by the powers that be) who rowed the boat [this nursery rhyme was probably sung in their “entertaining” of the girls: “Row, row, row your boat, gently down the stream. Merrily, merrily, merrily, merrily life is but a dream.” (more dissociation ((don’t worry about the abuse, just keep rowing ((keep following the white rabbit, keep following the yellow brick road etc etc))… it’s all just a dream anyway, in MK-Ultra this is partly how dissociation is used; dreams, fantasy and reality are confused)), nursery rhymes/fairy tales are all full of it)].

After Alice in Wonderland, Lewis Carroll wrote Through the Looking-Glass, and What Alice Found There, in which  Alice enters a fantastical world, this time by climbing through a mirror. Here is a quote about that:

“Members of the bloodlines intentionally insert Illuminati symbols in popular movies and other media in order to bring what Fritz Springmeier calls the “Externalisation of the Hierarchy”…

Walt Disney was commissioned by the Illuminati to produce films such as Fantasia and Alice in Wonderland for mind control purposes. Disney movies are the main films used in mind control but other films such as Wizard of Oz, Star Wars, Star Trek and even The Holy Bible are used in Monarch Mind-Control Programming.”

mirror-mickey-mouse

Demons love mirrors, and many occultists believe mirrors are a way in which to see into the spirit world. Many mirrors are used in movies and cartoons in order to see into the spirit world.  Walt Disney is infamous for portraying mirrors in this way.”

For more information on this, and to see some creepy pictures, see this article.

5) Astral projection practitioners get stuck in mirrors.

Posted on a forum:

  • “If you are astral projecting, have an out-of-body-experience and you move through a mirror you get trapped in a parallel plane. Very hard to get out of, most get out when the natural body awakens and you are sucked back.”

  • “I’ve heard of more than one astral projector getting stuck in a mirror.”

6) Bloody Mary ‘game’ and folklore

Do not let children or anyone play this game! Chanting “Bloody Mary” is said to conjure up a demon from a mirror, so much so that it is a well known ‘game’. Explain to children how bad this is. The best way to do that is to watch the Interview with an Ex-Vampire interview (warning, there are references to doing horrible things with children).

Also be very sure to burn all ouija boards. Many people have been cursed after playing this game.

7) The superstition that breaking a mirror brings seven years’ bad luck.

Maybe this is a warning from the demons to not do it?

8) Jews cover up mirrors after death.

Maybe in the old days, before vaccines prevented people from having spiritual eyes, people knew that mirrors could trap the spirit in the mirror, after the spirit left the body,  as the astral projectors get stuck?

9) Demons seen in mirrors.

Comment on a forum:

“Many years ago I knew an antiques dealer, he had a mirror that he sold, the people that bought the mirror, returned it to him. The reason for this return, was that they didn’t like seeing other people in the mirror, people that weren’t there!”

10) Full length mirrors are too cheap.

Recently when we were looking for a full length mirror, we were rather surprised at how cheap they were. You can buy a really nice wooden one for just $50, and simple ones for just $8.

Since the evil ones own the printing presses and don’t care about money, just serving evil spirits, subverting people and getting access to children, we think it not unlikely that some mirror-making companies are owned by the reptilians and/or Illuminati, and they are deliberately making them available at a cheap price, to encourage more people to put full length mirrors in bedrooms, so that beings with long, black capes and Quaker hats and red, glowing eyes can come into the room.

11) They are building more and more houses and condominiums with NO door between the bedroom and bathroom, ensuring that there is no barrier between a large mirror and the bed. Even luxury condominiums worth hundreds of thousands of dollars do this!

12)  The book of Enoch: Fallen Angels taught Men to make Mirrors

“Moreover Azazyel, taught men to make swords, knives, shields, breastplates, the fabrication of mirrors, and the workmanship of bracelets and ornaments, the use of paint, the beautifying of the eyebrows, the use of stones of every valuable and select kind, and all sorts of dyes, so that the world became altered.”

Chapter 8. 1. (Azazyel is Lucifer’s aide-de-camp General).

————–

Final Comment

It makes sense that the bigger the mirror, the bigger the demon that can walks out of it. I imagine it would have been hard or maybe impossible for the being who appeared to the man on Halloween night, to have walked out through a small face mirror. The thought of aristocracy comes to mind, and all the giant mirrors they have all over their houses. These are the people who need our prayers the most as they are so often controlled by the forces of evil, and helping them to free themselves from demonic control is crucial to freeing ourselves and creating Heaven on Earth. For example, read the true story of the statue that came to life in the grounds of an aristocrat’s mansion.

Please remove all mirrors from your bedroom, if you can, and put some bible verses on all mirrors that you keep, and see what difference it makes to your happiness and wellbeing.

Please tell your friends and family about this. Imagine the huge difference it will make to the world when creepy beings and demons cannot get into people’s houses so easily!

Success Stories from Other People Who Put the Bible Quotes on their Mirror:


1) My story, described above.

——-

2) From a lady –

“BEFORE THE PRINTOUT:

Since moving, especially, to the new house which has floor to ceiling mirrors in the built in wardrobe beside the bed in the master bedroom. I would awake with my vital signs racing…. heart palpitating, perspiring to the point of feeling feverish, mind racing. I would cry out and wake as if from the worst of dreams. Disturbed to the point of distraction, I would not be able to sleep for some time, resorting to getting up and reading for  hours or listening to radio programs. Very tiring and disconcerting to be flooded with enough adrenalin tovirtually stop my heart!

AFTER the PRINTOUT:

The next night I woke early, but to be fair, I was still jet lagged. The night after there was a complete night of restful sleep. The third was restful and blissfully uneventful as well. I am continuing to sleep through the night, despite the constant worries and
challenges of the present time. The night before last was not quite as restful, but there was no violent prelude to my waking. I believe the scripture on the glass speaks for itself.”

———–

3) The following happened before this lady read this article:

“I had one mirror in my bathroom and strangely it cracked and fell at a time when I was doing very deep negative energy / entity clearings. Something told me not to replace it just yet.

Ever since I sleep better too. “

———–


4) From a Dutch lady who has had a lot of unique experiences:

“There is a small change in energy.. normal people would not feel it.. but I do. 

When i felt it the most was when I was putting the text on the mirrors. If I came close to a mirror..something seemed to push me. Or try to push me away. But it was very weak.

And as i walked through the house looking for mirrors.. I could feel eyes watching me. Following me.

But that is gone now.

Also, my fiance slept better then normal after I did this.”

———-

Please send us your “before and after” stories.

———-

PUT THESE BIBLE VERSES ON YOUR MIRRORS

These files are in Adobe Acrobat format. You can get the free reader at Adobe.com.

Bible Scriptures for Families

Size 1 – Download

Size 4 – Download

Size 6 – Download

Size 10 – Download

Bible Scriptures for Single People

Size 2 – Download

Size 4 – Download

Size 6 – Download

Size 10 – Download

Bible Scriptures for Buildings

Consider laminating these, and sticking one on the building, as well as one in the grass.

 

Size 2 – Download

10X10-white-spacer

Metatech.org - Nordics are Nazis 10X10-white-spacer

10X10-white-spacer

new-world-order-mind-control-commands 10X10-white-spacer

10X10-white-spacer

10X10-white-spacer

Please download the free booklet on Removing Alien and Military Mind Control Commands. This is a direct download without signing up for anything. Only then will you understand why this information will never be discussed on any UFO or Conspiracy site and will never be touched by broadcasters like Alex Jones, Jeff Rense or George Noory.

DISCLAIMER: The information on this website is not medical science or medical advice. This information is not backed up by scientific evidence. This is just for your information. This information and these products have not been evaluated by the FDA. These products and information are not intended to diagnose, treat, cure or prevent any disease, disorder, pain, injury, deformity, or physical or mental condition. Results are not typical. Individual results may vary. Because every person's situation is different , the author of this article will not be held responsible for any negative results which come from reading or acting upon the information in this article. Use at your own risk. We make no medical claims for any products, nor do we sell them or offer them for the treatment for any ailment.

Up to 1/3 of this article may be copied as long as no alterations are made, you mention the author and link to www.Relfe.com

Disclosure: The owner of this website is a participant in the Amazon Services LLC Associates Program, an affiliate advertising program designed to provide a means for sites to earn advertising fees by advertising and linking to Amazon properties including, but not limited to, amazon.com, endless.com, myhabit.com, smallparts.com, or amazonwireless.com.

————-

Copyright ©: Stephanie Relfe 2015 – 3000

This article, or parts of this article may be copied as long as no alterations are made, you mention and link to www.Metatech.org or www.Relfe.com

www.TheMarsRecords.com

www.MetaTech.org

www.Relfe.com

www.ExVampire.com

www.PerfectHealthSystem.com

www.PerfectHealthDVD.com

www.SynergisticKinesiology.com

www.YoureNotFatYoureToxic.com


Print pagePDF pageEmail page

The post Mirrors Open Portals to Other Dimensions – A Being Walked Through One appeared first on Metatech.

Svali, Illuminati Defector, Disappeared 6 Months after this Interview: Transcript

$
0
0

Svali, Illuminati Defector,

Disappeared 6 Months after this Interview

Transcript

Warning: When I first heard Svali’s story in her own words, years ago, it was so awful and heart-breaking that I could not listen to the whole thing. However, Svali likely gave her life to bring us this information, and if you can be brave enough to confront this, this information is vital to make earth a good place for every person and animal to be.

Few people have done more to expose the beyond-terrible things that he Illuminati have done to us, plan to do, and do to their own members. Anytime that you wish you were born into a rich and powerful family, remember Svali. These people desperately need our prayers.

Thank you to Svali for (probably) giving her life to get us this crucial information. Thank you to Greg Szymanski for doing this interview.

Interview starts at 5.40.

10X10-white-spacer

10X10-white-spacer

Published on Jun 19, 2012

INTRODUCTION

Svali was once a programmer for the Illuminati, where she lived a double-life. She herself has gone through trauma-based mind control since she was a newborn, which split her personality in thousands of fractions as a result. From these fractions, her programmers then built a whole new brain structure; implanting commands, false memories, amnesia and a lot of other things to create a total Illuminati mind controlled slave.

Her task was then to program others in similar ways, so each and every person within the group could be assigned different tasks and accomplish them without hesitation or protest. These tasks could be anything from prostitution to brutal murder.

Like many others born into the Illuminati, from her birth in Germany, Svali had no choice in her future, as her wealthy, rich and powerful parents charted her course as a “Chosen Child” from an early age.

Told she was “special and born to rule over the masses” to make a better world, Svali recalls going to regular Illuminati meetings with other “chosen children” at least three times a week, after moving from Germany to Virginia, and then finally to San Diego.

Svali later managed to escape from the Illuminati, after she started “waking up,” realizing how destructive it was what she was doing. She kept herself in hiding for years and was very reluctant to giving interviews, afraid of being caught.

However, in January of 2006 she decided to do an interview with the anti New World Order radio host Greg Szymanski. Approximately six months after the interview, Svali disappeared. A friend of hers at the time said she suspected the worst: either the Illuminati killed her or she was brought back into the cult to be ‘tuned up,’ as they call it, which meant she would be ‘re-programmed’ so she would stay in the cult. (It has been reported since then that Svali did go into hiding and is safe)

In this interview with Greg Szymanski, Svali explains how the Illuminati organization is structured, in general. It is of course much, much more complex than this.

TRANSCRIPT

(GS=Greg Szymanski)

SATANIC RITUAL & CHILD SACRIFICE IN THE CATHOLIC CHURCH, IN THE VATICAN

GS: We are going to get deep inside the Illuminati, the family, the order. We have a guest who was involved with this group, born into it, for over thirty years. Her name is Svali. Svali, are you here?

Svali: Yes, I am.

GS: Well, it’s nice to have you here, and I know you don’t give radio interviews. And I really want to thank you, because I think it really does help the American people to understand about this secret organization that you were born into.

Satanic Rituals in the Vatican

So I guess we could just start from the beginning, and tell us right from the beginning, you were born into this from wealthy parents. And tell us about your training in this group when you were a young child, and up onto your orientation at the Vatican.

Svali: Well, that’s a pretty broad area.That gives me hours.

GS: If you could just give us an outline.

Svali: I was born into this group, born in Germany, came to this very young. And basically went through all the training that the group – all members of the group do undergo training to different degrees, depending on their role.

By the time I was a teenager I was a youth leader and by the time I was 22 I became the youngest member –  leadership counsel in San Diego County – and at that time I was a head trainer. I was the sixth trainer. I was moved up  to the second position.

When I was 12, I had mentioned to you, about the ceremony at the Vatican, that they really do make all leadership undergo, at some point.

GS: Now basically when you were growing up, I remember you told me that, you were instilled at a young age.  You were born into a very wealthy, well-to-do family.

Svali: Yes.

GS: You moved back to the States.  You were told at a very young age that you were special, that you were chosen.  Am I correct?

Svali: Well, they tell everyone in the group that they are special and chosen.  And in fact, that was one of the things that made me cynical when I was older.  You will never meet a person who is an Illuminati who has not been told and programmed for years that they are special.  That they are the only one who can do things for “family”.  But I was told that, yes, I would do great things for family one day.  And the reason why, I guess, I can filter some of this with an objective view is, I know what my role in the group was.  And it was over quite a significant number of other people.  So I don’t evaluate what my role or specialness was in the group so much by what I was told, but by what I did.

GS: So you reached the age of 12 and then you were told by your parents that you were going to an induction ceremony in the Vatican. Can you tell us how that happened, and what occurred at that ceremony when you went there?

Svali: Okay. (tears). This isn’t easy to talk about, as you know. I was 12. I was flown over to Germany.  I was at – I’ll call it the German father’s house, over there.  There was some preparation for a few days, beforehand.  I was told that there would be a very important ceremony and it was considered a ceiling ceremony at that point.

And basically I was told a little bit about what I was expected to do during the ceremony.  When we got there, we went to the Vatican.  There is, underneath the Vatican a large room, that I described to you when we talked before. It has 13 catacomb chambers leading into it, and what they do, as you go down these steps into the room, you can see that – it’s circular, so they are all rounded, and they bring out the mummies from the catacombs, and they say that is the spirits of the fathers, watching over the ceremony.

And during the ceremony there was a large table in the center of the room. It was on top of a huge, golden pentagram. And they had the ceremony there.

GS: How many other children were with you, being inducted with you into the family, or the order, as they call it?

Svali: There were two other children, but there were several adults there too.

GS: Okay.

Svali: You see, the church also brings in adults, for allegiance.  I was told. I was told – I don’t know if this is true – If you rise to a certain position within the Catholic Church hierarchy, then you do have to go through that ceremony.

GS: So you are down in this room. Your parents weren’t present?

Svali: No. The German father and grandfather were.

GS: Well at that point, tell our listeners what you witnessed.

Svali: Well, there was a table – it looked like dark glass – in the center of the room. It was made of stone, but it looked very shiny and dark and black.  It may have been something like obsidian or onyx, I’m not sure.  That’s the only time I’ve seen stone that looked like that.

And it had around the corners gold – I guess – channels that collects woods (? hard to hear this). And a little boy was placed in the center of the room, on drugs – I think he was drugged, because he was very quite, he didn’t move or say anything during the ceremony.

GS: This was a little 3 or 4 year old boy. Correct?  And then they continued to do a child sacrifice.

Svali: Yes, they did.  I told you about that before.

GS: Now, afterwards – quite – what an unbelievable experience for a 12 year old.  I just don’t know – I mean , what went through your mind?

Svali: I was terrified. I was absolutely horrified.  I can’t describe the terror you feel when you go through something like that.

GS: Do you remember what the words where said while this was going on?

Svali: The man was in scarlet.  He was speaking in Latin.  And basically he was saying, “Please accept the sacrifice on this day. And then he said “This sacrifice will seal the ceremony.”

And then he did it.

Again, I was so terrified that… Have you ever been in a situation where your heart is racing but you can’t do anything, and so you are just sitting there, and you are caught fading in and out?

GS: I can remember as a youth being frightened, but I don’t think I’ve ever …

Svali: No.  All right.  Well imagine your heartrate going up to about 220.  You can’t move, so you are kind of shaking, but you are trying not to show it.

It was horrible.  Actually, I kept thinking inside, “I can’t wait until this is over.  I can’t wait until this is over. I can’t wait until this is over” Over and over.

Afterwards, the man in scarlet, he had a huge, golden ring on his hand.  He came over to the center of the room and he had each of the people who were swearing that day.  I had to go forward and kneel before him, and kiss his ring, and swear my allegiance to the New World Order until my death.

GS: Now, at that point you were escorted out.

Svali: Yes.  After the ceremony was over. The other people did theirs as well – they had to swear allegiance too.

GS: They were about the same age as you?

Svali: The two children were, but there were also three adults there too, who did the same.  And afterwards we were told, may the same or worse occur to you, should you ever break this oath.

GS: Phew.  Imagine at that age…And you weren’t really prepped for this, were you?  You were told there was a ceremony but nothing, you didn’t expect anything like this, from what I’ve gathered from talking with you.

Svali: It, it was very difficult because the sense of horrific oppression down there was the worse – I mean, I’ve been through some ceremonies in my life in the Illuminati – you do go through them – and I have to say in my experience that this was the worst – I can’t explain the amount of darkness in a room like that, the amount of pure evil.  It was horrible.  It wasn’t just what happened.  The oppression .…I’m a Christian now, I know the difference now between when there is evil present, oppression or when God’s love is present, and joy and peace, which is the exact opposite of what was in that room.

GS: Now you know what I find quite interesting about this.  About 25 years ago I was a reporter and a freelance writer in Rome and I spent 6 years there – walked through the Vatican hundreds of times – covered the Papal addresses, things like that, and during that time I was there during a Vatican scandal, which involved the church bank, and other things, members of the Illuminati, the Freemasons, and I was approached by a woman, on Via (?) – I will never forget this.  Rome is a small town, and people knew I was covering stories about the secret societies, things like that, because I had to ask people. Well this woman came up to me and told me similar stories, although she wasn’t quite as specific, because she couldn’t handle it, and she would break out crying, and had tried to commit suicide twice, because she couldn’t get out of the Illuminati.  She was a member, young.  She was born into it, a very wealthy Northern Italian family.  And she told me basically the same ceremony took place with her.  And so when I started talking to you, I wanted to relay that to you, and also to relay to my listeners that I heard about this 25 years ago, from a woman by the name of Maria and many other people, several people in Italy that I talked to.

I was never able to locate or – really, probably for my own safety – never find out what happened. But, again, Svali is corroborating the story that I heard about 25 years ago.  We’ll get back after this break, this incredible story about a member of the Illuminati, who is now out of the group, safe, on the Republican Broadcasting Network.

(Editor’s note: It would appear that he spoke too soon when he said that Svali was safe).

(Break)

GS: We are back on the Investigative Journal, I’m your host, Greg Szymanski. We are talking to Svali, a member of the family, the order, Illuminati, for over 30 years.  Svali, you leave the induction ceremony, you walk out into the Vatican courtyard, you walk out with one of the fathers.  What did he tell you then?

Svali: He told me to never forget. He told me I performed well during the ceremony, because I didn’t scream or pass out or anything like that.  He said, “You did very well”.  We went and stayed at the home of a local person nearby, we spent the night there, before we went back to Germany.

GS: How did the other people at the ceremony, how did they handle themselves, do you remember?

Svali: When you are in that kind of situation, the last thing you are thinking about is what the other people are doing.  I was so busy trying not to lose it, myself.  I mean, no one screamed or shouted, or anything like that.  Everyone was quiet.  There was dead silence.  Unless they had to go forward and kiss the ring.

GS: Let’s move on. The question I’ve wanted to ask you, and this is such a wide subject, and I’ve had a chance to talk to you a number of days, and I’ve done some stories about it.  You go back home.  You’re 12 years old.  You said you were schooled into 12 disciplines.  So your life begins, and you know now you are in some type of organization that is very different from what most people experience.  But tell us, I guess what I want to do, is leave it open to you to begin.  You’ve written so in depth on this story.  I’m just going to give you the microphone, and let you begin and tell the listeners what you think is important about your original training, about the group and about many things that I know people want to know about the Illuminati.  Go ahead.

Svali: Okay. Well, Greg, first I want to say that my purpose in talking about this is not to glorify evil.  Because there are very wicked people out there, very powerful people.  And I do not want at all to magnify their power.  But I do want people to know that this is real, that these people exist, that people who say, “There are people out there who are involved in these activities”, it really happens.  I also know that because there are children being hurt in the group, every day.  And that is my motivation for coming forward.  I don’t like giving interviews, for obvious reasons.  I am willing this one time to put lay aside my thoughts of personal safety, because these people need to be stopped, it needs to be stopped.

GS: Okay, go ahead.

Svali: And, normally children in the group are born into it.  While the Illuminati very rarely goes outside recruitment, that’s not their main method.  It’s just passed down generationally from father to son, and mother to daughter, to children, until the whole family line is in it.

Throughout the centuries people have tried to escape, but a lot of times they were either poisoned, murdered or set up to look like a suicide.  They don’t like it when people leave, and they try to make it very difficult.  Simply because it looks bad.  They go through an enormous amount of training from the time you are an infant.  You undergo indoctrination.  And when I say indoctrination, I don’t just mean cult programming so much as watching your parents and see what they do.  My parents modeled their behavior.  To them it was very important for growing up.  I saw that 3 times a week everything was dropped to attend to the activities.

And basically their training process is designed to take on your adult role in the group.  The Illuminati covers so many levels, too.  It goes all the way from what most people think of as, like, a Satanic coven type thing, at the very low, local level.  All the way to, it’s a huge, enormous business corporation.  At the mid levels you have people overseeing finance and administration.  I mean, these people are making a lot of money through gun running, through white slavery, prostitution, pornography, they links and ties to the mafia left and right.  In fact, the mafia are afraid of them.  Well, think about it.  Because they know, you don’t cross the members of the group.

They have a very spiritual orientation.  They are not Satanic, though, they are Luciferian, which is a difference.  They’re ultimate goal of their spiritual philosophy and discipline is that they believe that, should you complete all your training, you become a god.  That is their actual end goal.  They believe in the achievement of godhood.  Through what they call illumination, which is how they got their name.

They are international.  In Europe there are 12 fathers, who represent the different nations of Europe.  They are very expectantly awaiting he who is to come….

GS: Svali, can you, uh, I have to take a break.

SV: Sure.

GS: We’ll continue with the massive organization, your role as a mid-level person in the Illuminati on the Republic Broadcasting Network.

GS: Okay, we’re back on the Investigative Journal, and I’m talking with Svali. Svali, why don’t we just pick it right up where we left off at the break. You were telling us about this hierarchy that starts with twelve fathers. Can you just run that down for us so people know exactly how this group is organized?

SV: Sure. At the top levels, it’s in Rome. That’s the power center or the heart of the Illuminati, where the power base is. And that’s why all leadership must swear fealty in Rome, because that’s considered the core of, the spiritual center of the Universe. That’s how they view it.

From there, in Europe there are twelve fathers – one for each country in Europe. When I was younger I had to also meet with the fathers at one point and kiss the ring, and go through another ceremony of allegiance to them as well.

In the Illuminati, the European Fathers rule over what are called the different houses. For instance, if you are from Germany then you belong to the German House, if you are from France you belong to the French House – they call them Houses. UK, Russia, Poland, Belgium, Spain, Italy and others.

From there, America was considered a mission field for them. In the 17, actually in the 1600s, Pittsburgh became the first port of entry for them. That’s where they first settled. That’s why it’s still considered a spiritual power base for the group on the East Coast in the US.

GS: You know, I did want to mention one thing. A caller / listener / reader of your stories sent me an email, and said, “Greg, check into the reason why President Bush, right after being elected, went into and talked to a Masonic group there.” I found that quite interesting.

SV: Oh yeah.

GS: Go ahead.

SV: It’s the spiritual power base for the group. From there, it spread out across the Atlantic seaboard, and then throughout the nation. The nation is divided into many regions, multiple regions but seven main regions. The East Coast region has its spiritual power base in Pittsburgh, but the administrative power base is in Alexandria, Virginia. That’s where they administer the finances during the day to day operations.

The West Coast, or the West region, west of the Mississippi, has its power base in the San Diego area.

GS: And that’s where you spent a lot of time, correct?

SV: Yeah. Yes. I was sent from, the Alexandria Council sent me to San Diego to help them out.

GS: Okay, go ahead.

SV: Those are the two, of course, main regions. And then each of those regions are divided into sub-regions.

So then you have your Regional Councils sitting over those, and overseeing activities. If you can think of the structure of a large multinational corporation, that’s really how the Illuminati is structured. Then beneath each of the regional councils are your local councils. They call them sister groups or sisters, or your local councils. Then you have your local groups under those as well, or what they call the sister groups.

Any major metropolitan city could have anywhere from five to fifteen groups, depending on the size of the population base. Or more.

GS: Now you were saying that, how many people are in this group in America now, from your estimate, of knowing a lot of this stuff? Go ahead…

SV: Pure Illuminati, I would say about one percent, give or take, based on population.

GS: So it’s a fairly huge… big organization, correct?

SV: Yes.

GS: Now their goal, basically. Just give us the broad overview goal, and then I want to get into some of these, you know, your role in it, and some of these ways that the Illuminati makes money that you learned about.

SV: Yeah.

GS: Go ahead.

SV: You know, when you say “To rule the world,” it almost sounds laughable – like “yeah, right”, you know. I think people get ideas of thinking or wanting to rule the world. But really, that is their goal. They believe that they are the intelligent leaders, and they believe that the rest of the world are sheep that need wise… They see themselves as wise leadership. So they believe that their goal is to rule the world.

GS: Mm hm.

SV: But at the same time, they have occult ways of doing that. Their main way of doing that is behind the scenes. They believe in infiltration of the media, of education and of government – those are the three areas – and of the financial system. And they have successfully done quite a bit of all four throughout Europe and the US, as well as other countries.

GS: Now you said that they, basically the Illuminati is divided into about six or seven groups, and everyone is born into a group. Could you outline what those groups are?

SV: Well no, it’s all one group, there are just different levels.

GS: Yeah, that’s what I mean. Like the Sciences, the Government, or…

SV: Oh. Oh. Okay. The Illuminati is divided into different branches of learning. These branches include Sciences, Military, Government, Leadership, Scholarship and Spiritual. Those are the six branches of learning. And while all children need to undergo some training or teaching in each area, as they get older… They begin profiling you from infancy, and they know where your activities and abilities are. Then you’re, you really go into… Most people specialize in one branch or possibly two branches of learning.

GS: And you were involved in what branch?

SV: I was heavily involved in Sciences, and also to some degree I did some Spiritual as well – but mainly Sciences.

GS: Just to backtrack one minute, these twelve disciplines. As a child, you were rigorously trained in this, correct?

SV: Yes.

GS: Okay. And what were those disciplines?

[1. To not need.

2. To not want.

3. To not wish.

4. Survival of the fittest.

5. The code of silence.

6. Betrayal is the greatest good.

7. Not caring.

8. Time travel.

9,10,11: Sexual trauma, learning to dissociate and increase cognition, decrease feeling – details of these 3 steps vary according to child’s future role in the cult.

12. Coming of age ceremony (Vatican underground sacrifice).]

GS: I mean, if… You don’t have to go through each one of them, but what primarily were you taught?

SV: (pause) I think the best way would be to give you an example of just one type of training that they do.

GS: Okay.

SV: I was two years old. I was left in a room for probably a 24-hour period. When you are that age it is hard to estimate, but it was a long time. I know that the sun did go around (laughs) at least once, and it wasn’t just like a few hours.

At that age, when you are two and you are left alone without food and water, you are terrified. And at the end of the time, I was just dying of thirst. My morale was just… I have never been so thirsty in my entire life.

My mother walked into the room. A lot of times they have the children, you know, or the parents train the children at these early ages. There was a table in the middle of the room and I was sitting at it. She brings in this cold pitcher of water and she starts pouring it. I said, “Mom! I want a drink of water,” and she slapped me out of the chair. (pause)

GS: Hm.

SV: And I remember crying! And as I’m crying, she’s drinking the water in front of me, and she leaves! She takes the pitcher of water. And a couple of hours later, she came back in and did the same thing. And I said, “Mom, Mom, I want water!” And she slapped me! I mean, across the room.

After this had happened about three times, luckily I was bright enough that by the third time she came in, I mean, I remember crying silently, but I just looked at her. I didn’t ask.

After she got up and left with the pitcher, a man came into the room. He said, “You did very well that time.” And then he gave me a drink of water.

GS: Hm.

SV: That was part of the “learning not to want” stage. Looking back on it, I realize now as an adult that the part of that training was to teach me not to recognize my own physiological needs and respond to them, but to look to outside people to tell me what I wanted or needed. Which is what…

GS: Now you basically, you told me you led a dual life in the Illuminati. That’s basically how they function.

SV: Oh yeah!

GS: You have a day job, and then at nighttime you’re quite busy sometimes with the cult activities, correct?

SV: Yes.

GS: Okay. What I wanted to get into… you were talking about these groups. I remember I mentioned to you, you said you had these meetings three times a week. I said, “Well, what about if I wanted to go and visit, and maybe do a story about them?” What would happen, or how could… would I be able to find one of these meetings that were going on, in your area of Escondido?

SV: Well no, because of the security measures. And A), you really don’t want to show up unannounced at a meeting if you could get through their security, because the chances are you would never make it out alive. Let’s just say that a certain auto accident would occur, and be reported in the papers: “Unfortunate accident – man accidentally runs into tree.” (Laughs) I mean, I’m serious!

The security that they have during group meetings is so intense that it would be very difficult. They have security at the one-mile perimeter, the three-mile perimeter and the five-mile perimeter. They have three people assigned. Usually one is up in a tree where you can’t see him at the five-mile perimeter.

GS: Mm hm.

SV: And then you have one person who is standing, looks like a security guard for the estate, because these are often large, wealthy estates, which is appropriate. He is dressed in a uniform. The third person is standing hidden behind a tree. As cars come through, and they come through the gates – remember these are gated estates.

GS: Mm hm.

SV: So if it’s not someone on their approved license checklist, they will stop the car. It’s just like at a military installation. They will say, “Can I help you? Are you lost?” Their goal is to delay the person. Now if a person is saying, “Oh, this is blah blah blah,” and they are just asking for directions, they will give them directions, be very pleasant and send them on their way, to where they are supposed to be going.

But if they are acting as if they want to go further into the estate, and this is not an okay person, then they will say, “Uh, all right, well HE’S NOT EXPECTING YOU.” That’s a code word. That tells the person either behind, up in the tree, or hidden further back – they radio ahead and they say “UNEXPECTED VISITOR.”

At that point, everyone has been trained to pick up and leave immediately, within five minutes – with no traces of the activity.

GS: So this is some of the methods they go through so you don’t get caught. I know that you wrote an article about why the cult doesn’t get caught.

SV: Oh yeah.

GS: It’s pretty specific. You have so much stuff here, and we can’t get into it all in two hours, so please pick and choose what you think is most important. But I find that to be interesting – why the cult doesn’t get caught. Is there anything in just a brief time you could explain to us… that?

SV: Well, their security, their money, their influence. Some of these people even own newspapers. Imagine trying to get a (laughs) article published, you know, disclosing… There’s a lot of reasons why they don’t get caught. That’s the first thing people ask.

Then my next question is, “Well, how many child pornographers are there out there, that the police have been chasing for years, and have never found or caught?”

GS: Correct.

SV: And they’re not even members of a secret organization. They’re just trying to hide, you know. So when you consider that…

GS: Now you…

SV: Okay.

GS: Yeah. You were a mid-level person in this organization, a head trainer. We’re going to get into those specifics in the next hour. But you know, what did you learn about the infiltration of this group into all our different areas of government and media? They are basically at the high levels of most of our financial institutions also, correct?

SV: Yes.

GS: And that is a great way to pursue their goal. I guess I’ve got to ask you this. How come things are moving a little bit faster in America now? I remember back in the 80s when I was confronted with this, when I came back home I didn’t really see this kind of New World Order movement… all this different symbolism that you see now. What is going on, just for our listeners, right now? Why are things stepped up since 9-11?

SV: I believe it’s because they can see the fulfillment of their goal… See, I’m going to sound very cynical now, and please forgive me for this, okay? Their goal is to rule the world, and personally I believe that they do – it’s just not open yet.

GS: Mm hm.

SV: And they say they’re now preparing people for when they disclose themselves openly. Does that mean that they can’t be stopped? I believe they could. I believe it would take a miracle, because of the amount of infiltration I see at all levels of society, and the world. These guys, these people have a lot of money. They have a lot of influence. And your average person has no idea of how much is going on behind the scenes that no one understands.

But, with that said, I think that they’re already there, they just aren’t open. These people just don’t know where they’re going! (Laughs) If they did, I think the average person would be horrified to know how much is going on behind the scenes that people really don’t know.

GS: Yeah, and the point of this interview, one, I had two goals…

SV: But… But you see, I don’t want to sound disparaging, because I am also a strong Christian. I have faith in God, and I believe through prayer, and through people knowing… I mean, I would like them to be stopped. I just don’t know, at this point, how do you take on the financial institutions of the world, the major oil enterprises of the world, you know? (Laughs) That’s the question! (Laughs) You know?

GS: Yeah! You know, it is a difficult question. Now you’re in the mid-level of this group. You worked your way up to a head trainer, correct?

SV: Yeah… Yeah.

GS: Now what did you learn… Before we get into specifics, you outline some in of your writings, the big money-making… the ways this group makes its money. Can you go over and outline some of those methods?

SV: Again, if you can think of an illegal activity, they’re probably involved at some point. Maybe not overtly, at the point of where the actual money is first shaking hands – but when you have child pornography, prostitution, white slavery, gun running, gambling, then at some point where the money is changing hands, buffered by about four layers of people, there’s going to probably be someone from the Illuminati involved at that point. These guys have their fingers in everything.

GS: Now…

SV: Uh…

GS: Go ahead.

SV: But they also use legitimate means. They launder their money. When you have a lot of money, you have to do something with it. And so, these men don’t come in and say, “Hi! I’m a member of the Illuminati and I want to run your bank.” What they’ll do is they’ll quietly come in and become a quiet investor, start buying up shares. And over a period of maybe, almost a lifetime, they will get a controlling interest in the bank, or become a very… you know. Or maybe in their son’s lifetime.

That’s the other thing about the Illuminati. The Illuminati do not see it as “This is what must happen now, in my lifetime.” These people have goals that last for centuries, for two centuries. They are very, very patient.

GS: And that’s why the specific training of the children is so important, correct?

SV: Yes. It’s to teach you PATIENCE. Everyone knows, growing up in the group, we may not see the coming order disclosed or open or revealed in our lifetime, but our children or our grandchildren may. So they will spend their entire life trying to bring about the goals of the organization.

GS: (Chuckles) Hm. Incredible. So now you’re in the mid-level. I can see now where they used these programming techniques, the different mind control techniques. We have a minute before the break. Just kind of whet our interests about how you… what your specific role was.

SV: Well, they did a lot of what you might call human experimentation. And they had a lot of research protocols going on. So one thing I did was to supervise the research going on. I was teaching the younger trainers and head trainers how to do things more efficiently, how to do their job well, but also reviewing their research reports for errors or problems.

Eventually I became kind of a consultant. If a problem occurred, or they didn’t know how to install something, or if they needed assistance, I would help them with problem solving as well.

GS: Okay, Svali, I’m going to have to take a break. We’ll be back in three minutes. We’ll continue, on Republic Broadcasting Network.

[commercial break]

GS: Okay, we’re back on the Investigative Journal. I’ve got a short four minute segment here, then we’ll take a break and come back with Svali for a whole [additional] hour. We’re talking about jobs in the Illuminati, the practical daily jobs that these members of this group, who are infiltrated in America heavily… what they do. Now one thing I find interesting, Svali, knowing the media… I’m not going to name names or anything, because I don’t have any specific information. But I find it interesting.

Doing some background checks on a lot of the top media people in our country, they all come from these very wealthy families. (Laughs) Now that’s not the typical MO for a journalist. A journalist is somebody who grows up on the street, wants to talk to people, I can think of Jimmy Breslin, guys who never went to college, didn’t know how to type, and just got in there, took their tie off and started writing stories.

But you know, as you look at the media now, there are all these silver spoon kids – growing up with silver spoons. I find that quite interesting. How deeply infiltrated, from your knowledge, are they in our media?

SV: Wow. Pretty… I do know, uh, fairly deeply. I remember that when I was in San Diego on Leadership Council during meetings, they would laugh about how people had no idea of how much they were being influenced and didn’t even know it. They found that kind of amusing, which is… I mean, that’s the mindset of people in the group, though. They’re like, “The sheep have no idea that they’re being led by the hand.”

And they find it amusing, because they show it as evidence of… I mean, I’m just describing what they say, I don’t agree with it now, but they saw as evidence of the stupidity of the m… of the average person – that they have no idea.

I’m not saying that every news story or every newscaster is a member of the group… by no means. But, they specifically do teach and train and educate children that show an aptitude for the media, because they want that. And if the person has a bright, charismatic personality, and presents well, then that child will go into that, if they have their verbal communication and other skills required.

GS: Well, you know, that could explain why a lot of our stories really never get covered, outside of the influence they have financially and the ownership of the media.

SV: (crosstalk) That’s absolutely not by coincidence.

GS: What’s that?

SV: Not at all a coincidence.

GS: Yes. That’s a good idea, folks, why you’re not getting the news from those outlets. Not only in our government. It explains a lot of things. Look at the war in Iraq. Look at the evidence there that shows what is wrong. Look at what they’re doing in Iran right now. I mean, it’s incredible. All this stuff is pretty obvious, people. There’s something behind it. Svali is here trying to explain this organization from her knowledge, and it is quite, quite a story.

I know this idea. You were involved as a trainer of mind programming? I mean, this is just, I’m looking at some of the chapters in a book you have yet to publish [in paper book form]. We’re talking about brainwave, color control, metal, jewel programming, programming link to stories and movies… I mean, it goes into suicidal programming.

In just a minute here before our break, can you kind of break down what you learned about the importance, well, oh! We’ve got to take a break, Svali, sorry. We’re going to do that quickly, then we’ll get back to you. We’re talking to Svali, regarding her role as a head trainer in the Illuminati, the American Illuminati. We’ll be back, on the Republic Broadcasting Network, in two minutes.

[END OF FIRST HOUR]

GS: Okay, we’re back on the Republic Broadcasting Network. One more hour. We’re talking to Svali, and she was a head trainer in the Illuminati.

Svali, what type of programming do they actually teach you, and how do you learn these different techniques?

SV: Well, you’re taught from childhood on. My training in how to be a programmer started very young. I was mentored by another programmer at the age of 5, by a doctor at George Washington University. Not only did he do the programming on me, but also taught me how to do it to others. The types of programming… again, that could be a whole ten-hour segment to go into depth. From the time a child is an infant, all through their life basically, they are tested, they are profiled. Trainers can create a psychological profile, and then they update it frequently.

Basically, they are trying to install in this child the ability to obey, loyalty to the group, and the ability to do their job within the group.

Now those jobs vary in complexity. You may have on one side a child trained to be a prostitute. On the other end you may have a child trained to become a governmental figure, which is a lot more complex programming.

But as long as the loyalty to the group is instilled, and that is the first and foremost programming always installed, then no matter what their eventual role is, they will remain loyal. And that becomes their first loyalty. Whatever nation, whatever their public role in life is, their first and foremost loyalty will be to the group, and to serve its goals – whether they know.

A lot of times, the goal is [also] to be able to help the child create that complete division between their day role and their night role. So a pleasant, charming, wonderful, kind person in the daytime could be an absolutely cold, ruthless person at night – or during the day, you know, it’s also during the day they do it.

Then you may have a housewife with children who goes out and completes a courier job for the group. And no one would ever suspect her. Who is going to suspect [that] this lovely-looking little housewife with a baby in a car seat is actually carrying some valuable documents?

Again, the first and foremost other thing was to instill loyalty, and they want to discourage people from questioning orders. They really don’t want you questioning that, and they want you to obey their directives. Should people show signs of not doing that, then they go on for tune-ups. Actually people are being programmed all through their life. We used to call them tune-ups. It’s a lifelong process for members of the group.

GS: We have a minute here before our break, and we’ll get back and get in depth into some of these areas. But what went wrong with you? I mean, the dropout rate probably is very low…

SV: Extremely low. (laughs)

GS: …considering the number of, considering the training. But what went wrong with you? They somehow missed something.

SV: When I was very young I absolutely believed in the goals of [the group]. You never saw a more loyal group member. I thought that they were saving the world. I thought that we were doing a wonderful thing. But the older I got, I started to see the methods that were being used for so long, and that the ends do not justify the means. I became increasingly cynical, partly because I saw what I was doing to people. I was lying to them. I was manipulating them. I was telling them things that weren’t true. I remember questioning this, thinking, “I was told lies as a child too, then. I was manipulated.”

GS: Wow.

SV: And finally you start to question, as an adult, the things you were taught. (bumper music starts)

GS: Okay. We’re going to take a break, Svali, we’ll be back in three minutes on the Republic Broadcasting Network.

[commercial break]

GS: Okay, we’re back on the Investigative Journal. Svali, I wanted to ask you a question. Before we get into how you finally left the group, and what happened to you afterwards in your life now – tell us. You wrote an article that is very interesting – A Day in the Life of a Trainer for the Illuminati. Tell us what you went through in a normal day in your role at the Illuminati. Go ahead.

SV: Okay. Basically I would get up. At the time that I described in that article, I was teaching at a Christian school. And so I would get up, I would get my two children dressed and ready for school. Just like a normal mom, you know, go through the day, come home. We’d have little friends over and play, and stuff like that. Then, you know, have dinner. I was a good mom. I was your average American housewife – on the surface.

But underneath the surface, then my husband and I would remind each other on nights when there was a meeting. And then what we would do is when we would go to sleep, I had programming in place that would allow me to wake up within ten minutes of the specified time. If I knew there was a meeting that night, I would wake up ten minutes before it was time to get ready and go. A lot of times we would even go to bed with our clothes on. And I never really thought that was abnormal, you know?

GS: Mm hm.

SV: I thought everyone went to bed with their clothes on. I didn’t even question it, you know, on nights when we had meetings. I thought, “Oh, it’s warmer.” (Laughs)

GS: Okay.

SV: And then we’d get up and go, and drive to the meeting. I was also very involved in Military in San Diego. In fact the group has a lot of military orientation. So on top I would take the kids to their area, there was an area where the kids would go and change. They had a room and we would have like baskets of clothes, and we would change our clothing. You’d pick out your clothing, it had your name on it, and put on your uniform. Or whatever you wore that night. The kids would wear these little miniature military uniforms.

Then they would go out and do their training exercises. They were learning how to march, how to shoot. All kids in the Illuminati, at least in that area, know how to take apart a gun, put it together and shoot with deadly accuracy by the age of eight years old. Martial arts, there’s a lot of martial arts training. Sometimes I’d help supervise that, or fill in if there’s a military trainer [who] was [absent]. Everyone had to be – there was a lot of cross training. But most of the time I supervised the training. I would be working on implementing programming, or what we’d call tuning up – reinforcing previously installed programming in adults.

At that point I was normally supervising the younger trainers. They would be doing it, and I would be there watching and making sure they did it correctly. Or I would be also evaluating whether – sometimes every once in a while we’d be working on something that was somewhat experimental, and then I would be taking a more active role, assessing the person’s responses to the new protocol, recording it and if there was any difference between established parameters for that protocol or expected responses, I would be flagging that.

GS: Give me an example of someone you were working on. What… how would they be introduced, what would be the reason? Would they be military, what is, how does someone get sent to you?

SV: No, these were all members of the group!

GS: Oh, okay.

SV: Oh! I can tell you that in San Diego, twenty percent of the active members of the group were active military.

GS: Okay.

SV: Okay? And think of military intelligence. Think high-ranking officials, colonels, (laughs), commanders. My ex-husband was a lieutenant commander in the Navy, getting ready to become a commander, okay?

GS: All right.

SV: These are not stupid people.

GS: So you were basically working on the programming of the members involved.

SV: (crosstalk) Yes. Oh yeah. Yeah.

No, we didn’t program people who were not members of the group. You CANNOT install significantly traumatic mind-control programming in a person who is not a member of the group.

GS: (crosstalk) Good.

SV: Now there are certain… what you can do is what we call passive programming, which is basically through media means. If someone’s watching a television program, they go immediately into alpha state. Everyone in the group, even a baby in the group knows that, because these people are very much into behavioral psychology. That’s a trance state, almost, a very relaxed state where messages can be implemented.

And that’s why I very strongly suggest people be very careful about the TV shows they watch! That’s all I will say about that.

But no, you cannot take an adult who is not a member of the group and do what we did to them. They would go psychotic, or they wouldn’t survive it, probably. They wouldn’t be able to psychologically handle it.

GS: Tell us some examples of what you were doing. Program techniques.

SV: (sighs) Sometimes, (sigh) it would involve, normally we would start with a hypnotic induction or even sometimes we would inject a medication. A lot of times especially young children have a lot of fear when they are going into programming, but adults do too. We want them to relax. We give them a very short-acting medication to relax them.

We would then invoke a hypnotic state in them. If it was an older person I would be checking that the codes are already installed. If I was getting ready to install programming in like a young child, I would tell them, explain to them very patiently exactly the behavior expected. I’d say, “I want you to do this, and this, and this.” I break it up into steps. Then I’d say, “First we’re going to practice this.”

I would show the child what I want them to do – I would model it. I would then tell the child, “DO IT.” The child would then do it, okay? But, normally they won’t do it well the first time, so she would… she or he would get shocked. That was called, because the group very much uses what they call positive and negative reinforcement. Okay?

If a child did not do it perfectly the first time, they are shocked. That’s the negative reinforcement.

Then I would say, “DO IT AGAIN.” They would show me the behavior.

Now at this point we start associating the behavior with an external stimulus or cue, too. Now a lot of times a child… If this is a behavior, though, that we want associated with a specific code, the child will often then traumatize very heavily first, to create a fragmentation in their personality. Then the behavior and the associated cue are given.

You might hear a tone, like “ding ding ding.” [I say,] “All right, I want you to do this.” Ding ding ding. The child hears the tone, they get up and they do the behavior. Once they can perform it perfectly, they are rewarded with praise. Good job, or a hug. Children like hugs, or something like that.

Then you do it over, and over, and over. That’s why trainers have to be very patient people. Because then maybe after the child has done it fifty times, then they hear the cue, they get up, [and] they do it. It’s not even a conscious [decision]… it’s reflexive. At that point it’s considered installed.

For very, very important programming, I’m talking about like end-level assassin programming, because we did train people how to assassinate people, and that’s a whole other topic I don’t want to go into here…

GS: Okay.

SV: We would then do a ritual to seal the programming afterwards.

GS: (Final-sounding) Okay.

SV: Okay?

GS: Just something, I was looking at some of your articles. One was “Christmas in the Cult.” Just to get off on a different subject here…

SV: Sure.

GS: You say this is quite different for you, when you were growing up, than it is for most children. Can you just kind of briefly tell us what you meant by that?

SV: Yeah, um… (sighs) I mean, we had trees and presents and things like that. But for most children, Christmas is just happy time, you know, lots of presents. But in the group, there are some very high ceremonies that are celebrated. Several times, in fact many times, I flew into Germany. And there, there wasn’t a Santa Claus. They had a figure called Father Yule…

GS: (crosstalk) Mm hm.

SV: …who represents Christmas there. But he is not the kind of benevolent Santa that you see here. This is a man with a golden scepter dressed in a white robe and a golden sash around.

I was once at the German Father’s house, where there was a gathering with children and adults, and Father Yule was present. He raises the scepter and basically strikes down a child in front of everyone.

GS: (laughs in disbelief) Oh my God!

SV: I know!

GS: (shocked) He strikes down a CHILD? I just…

SV: I know. Yes. He struck down the child with his, his scepter. And that… that is not what you call a happy Christmas, you know?

GS: No. (sighs)

SV: And at the same time, yes, we did have a tree, you know, and fruitcake and all that, and decorate the house, but there is another side to Christmas. It’s, it’s…

GS: (in shock) You know, I’m just listening and I just can’t believe, you know, we’re, you know, we have leaders in our country that have probably gone through this kind of stuff. I mean, uh, it’s just incredible, this group. I know they’ve been around for a long, long time, thousands of years, and gone through it, came here. George Washington was a 33rd degree Mason…

SV: (crosstalk,) Oh, YEAH!

GS: …and we go on. Uh, the quest… you know, I just, I want you to understand, just from my point of view, I just wonder how… you know, you write a story, “The End of the Illuminati.” How do we get rid of these people? I know, you’re out of it. You couldn’t take it any more. You think we can inspire more mid-level people to just LEAVE, like you, so they have no one to DO this kind of INSIDIOUS… CRAZY… PROGRAMMING and lifestyle! What do you – what do you think?

SV: Well, I believe that, as strongly as a Christian, that it’s a spiritual warfare as well as an emotional and psychological warfare. I believe that, by the grace of God.

But I will also say that when I was in the group, a lot of the members are not happy. You have people in the group that are there because they love it, because they believe in our goals, they are totally dedicated. But to be honest, a lot… I often knew as many people who would have left in a minute if they thought that they could get out, and make it.

GS: You know, about your husband, uh, just to break in and then go back into that. Do they marry you to somebody in the group, or is that forced on you?

SV: (crosstalk) Yeah. Yeah. No. In the group, the marriages are always arranged, in my experience. In my 38 years in the group, I never knew of a couple, in the Illuminati, that did not have an arranged marriage. It can’t be…

GS: (crosstalk) You just mentioned a couple that I, I suspect. Clinton and uh, Bill and Hillary.

SV: Oh, well, YEAH! (Laughs)

GS: (Laughs)

SV: YES! Definite. Definite.

GS: Yes. Bill?

SV: Yeah.

GS: Go ahead.

SV: Yeah. A lot of times, these marriages are arranged for compatibility, but also for bloodlines – to bring the right bloodlines together.

GS: Okay, good. We’re going to be back in three minutes. I want to continue this, and then we’re going to get into Svali’s life after the Illuminati, on the Republic Broadcasting Network.

[commercial break]

GS: Okay, we’re back on the Investigative Journal. I’m your host, Greg Szymanski. And let me tell you, as an interviewer, and someone who has researched the Illuminati for a long time… it started way back when, when I was a young reporter in Rome…

It’s a whole different ballgame when you’re actually talking to someone with experiences like this. It takes it out of that realm of what is quasi-fiction fact, into the realm of reality. It’s – it’s really shocking.

And, uh, I’ll be honest with you. This is a story, uh, that folks, you have to listen to – because this is going on in our country. All the things you’re seeing regarding our rights being taken away, the police state, the war in Iraq, 9/11 – all these things have to do with this powerful group.

Svali, you know, we’re talking about mid-level people. Now we’re going to talk about some of the lower-level people. I’m interested in who they are. But you said they weren’t happy, but a lot of them probably stay because it’s very… I mean, this is a… it’s a very lucrative way to live, I imagine.

SV: Oh, yeah!

GS: …families?

SV: Oh, yeah! That’s the main thing, that’s one of the factors that keeps people in. The reason more people don’t leave is because leaving means giving up your husband, your children, your entire family on both sides, your money. And basically, for a lot of people, leaving the group means giving up everything, and starting out penniless and alone.

Not only that, but you’re combating child programming to recontact, to go back, to be loyal, to be a good member.

GS: Mm hm.

SV: And I know many people have tried to leave and went back, because they just couldn’t take it.

GS: Do you, uh, do you want to take a phone call right now? Break it up?

SV: Sure!

GS: Okay. Marilyn, in California. You’re on the Investigative Journal. Marilyn?

Marilyn (ML): Yes, I’ve been a part of this. I lost part of it, I’ve been listening on the Internet. I didn’t quite catch it. How did this woman become involved in this Illuminati training?

GS: Uh, go ahead, can you explain that, Svali?

SV: I was taught it from early childhood. I was mentored into it. Trainers in the group are mentored. You wok with older adults and they show you, and you are given increasing responsibility. And so by the time you are in your teens, you are basically doing adult training responsibilities. You’ve been taught for years.

ML: Your parents put you in it, or… ?

SV: Yes, they were members.

ML: Oh, I see, so it comes down through the parents – one parent to another.

SV: Yeah. Or from both.

ML: (shocked) Are they private SCHOOLS?

SV: Through what?

ML: Are these private SCHOOLS?

SV: Well, my children were schooled at private Christian schools. They were all Illuminati. (Laughs) Okay?

ML: (surprised, “Now I get it” voice tone) Oh, you’re saying that the CHRISTIAN schools are Illuminati!!

SV: SOME of them are. Not all – but some.

ML: Yeah, obviously.

SV: No, no. The ones that my children in were, specifically. But no, there’s a lot of good Christian schools that have nothing to do with the group, but some can be. Now I went to a public school, but what’s interesting is, out of three public schools I went to as a young child, two burned down. (sadly): So there’s no access to any school records.

ML: (completely shocked) I’ll be DARNED.

GS: Marilyn, just to get you up to speed. You’re born into this, then you’re trained as a young child. You go through an induction ceremony in the Vatican. And this is going on with one to two percent of our population, according to Svali. Very serious, in all levels. Government, and everything else. Go ahead, Marilyn, do you have another question?

ML: Yeah. When you said the Vatican, now that is not a Christian religion, okay? Now I’m a Christian. Catholics is a Christian religion, we look at them as the precursor of the New World Religion. So…

GS: Well, you know, if I may just break in. I grew up a Catholic. I don’t get involved in the splicing of the religions. I’m basically stating that when I started researching the Illuminati as a reporter in Rome, and I realized there was a bad portion of the Church, I looked at it. I had to deal with the evil and the good. So that’s the way I reconciled it. The evil WITHIN the Catholic Church, at the high level of the Vatican, which seeps down into many, many areas. Go ahead.

ML: Okay, well I won’t argue that point.

SV: (crosstalk) Now… Now… Now…

ML: I won’t agree with it, but it sounds like you have become possibly Born AGAIN to get out of this? Would I be correct in that?

SV: Yes. Yes. Now I very much… Now first, I do want to say I am not slamming the Catholic Church or the average Catholic. I have many good friends that are Catholics, that are strong Christians. I became a Christian, and that was the only way I could get out. But just so you know, too, a lot of card-carrying Illuminists, well we don’t really carry cards, but I’m using that term…

ML: Yes.

SV: …are members of the Baptist church, are members of Pentecostal churches. It… This… I was on a worship team for a Wesleyan church in San Diego… in my day life. Okay?

ML: Oo-kay. Uh, yeah. Very, very confused. I mean, I, uh, I think this is interesting. Many people say that the Catholic Church will be the forerunner of the New World Religion. There’s some very good books out. In fact, I think you may have interviewed one of these men – the Grand Plan Design by John Daniels?

GS: Uh huh.

ML: You remember that?

GS: Uh…

SV: But, but…

GS: Go ahead.

SV: The average Catholic has no idea of what’s going on in the Vatican.

ML: Yeah, yeah. I think that’s interesting that, that the average Catholic would not know what’s going on. That’s just my take on it. (laughs)

GS: Well, I’ll tell you something. As an average Catholic going to Rome my first time in 1980, I didn’t know what was going on, and I grew up as a Catholic, went to Notre Dame High School. It was quite a learning experience for me.

ML: I think the Catholics, when they find out how evil the church is, stay in it! I mean, they really… why would they want to stay in it? That’s what bothers me. I know some good people who are like that. And I don’t get it! (Laughs)

GS: Well, the only answer is… it doesn’t… (bumper music starts) (laughs) I don’t know. There are many Catholics who aren’t actively practicing.

ML: Yeah. Thank you!

GS: But anyway, we’ll leave that for another time. Thanks, Marilyn. We’ll be back on the Investigative Journal in three minutes, with Svali.

[commercial break]

GS: Okay! Uh, you know, they’re not going to get me. That’s for sure. My house is anti-Illuminated. It’s not going to happen, folks. Just to end that, Svali, before I get back to you, just to end that conversation we had with Marilyn about Catholicism. I look back at it, and I really thank my dad. And I do it in kind of a way, I’m just thinking about it now. I didn’t know what the Church was about.

But you know, something strange did happen when I was young. My mom died, and I was ten years old. My brother was six months old at the time she died of leukemia. It was a very, very tragic affair – left my dad and me and my brother alone. And I remember my dad literally took a priest, a head Monsignor in our parish. And I won’t even tell you where. Saint John Rebove (ph), right outside of Chicago.

This man came into our house, I’ll never forget it. He said that he was going to put ME and my little BROTHER in an ORPHANAGE. My dad literally picked him up and threw him out the door! Literally.

SV: Wow.

GS: And from that point on, my dad never went back to church again. My brother never went to a Catholic school. I of course asked if I could finish, only because I had friends there. But you know, who knows what would have happened, you know, looking back on the craziness that goes on in the Church.

But anyway, Svali, you were talking about, uh, you know something? These people that are too… that do not want to get out because of the financial ties. But let’s go back to when you were in the Illuminati. How did this happen? How did you finally leave? Tell us this whole story about you leaving the Illuminati. We haven’t touched on that yet.

SV: Sure. Well, I do want to say one thing that I agree with Marilyn on. Without faith in God, I couldn’t have done it. I became a Christian, and that was for me revolutionary. It made me question again more of what I was being taught, or had believed all my life. I, for the… I began to realize that what I was doing was wrong. I became increasingly cynical.

I also then started standing up to the head trainer in the county who despised me. He would do things that were just blatantly cruel for no reason whatsoever. I’d say, “You’re wrong”. Well, people don’t like that. (Laughs)

He took it out on me in a lot of horrible ways. I finally made the decision to run. I ran to this… to another state, because I knew that my chances of getting out while still staying in that area with people I knew, surrounded by people who were in the group, was not going to be very good. So I went to another state.

GS: You had to leave your family and everything, right?

SV: Everything. Well, my children were with their grandparents. At that point I thought that was better than them being with my husband. I was going to go get my kids. But my husband then called and he said, “I want to reunite with you.” And I said, “Okay, that’s wonderful.” And I said, “But you have to get help. You have to get some treatment, because we can’t go on. You’ve got to get out of the group.” He said, “Okay. Help me get the kids and I’ll meet you in a week.”

So the day before, he called and said, “I’ll be there tomorrow,” blah blah blah. And so I was excited, thinking, “Oh, he’s getting out, he’s getting out, that’s wonderful!” Instead, he went… he had gotten the kids several days before. He was lying to me, and I didn’t know it. He had gone to a judge.

And the day that he was supposed to arrive, there was a knock on my door. It was a policeman serving me DIVORCE papers, and also a restraining order, saying that I could not come within a hundred yards of my husband or my children.

And at that point, I felt slightly punished (sigh) for leaving the group.

I fought that, and it… (sighs) I fought for four years with a court system that said things like this didn’t occur, because my husband would go into court and say, “This woman is psychotic. She’s making it all up. There’s no way. Ha, ha, ha. This stuff doesn’t happen in this day and age.” And the judge would say, “You’re right.” Slam. Full custody to their father. And I had to have supervised visitation for four years with my own children, so that… because I was considered a kidnap risk.

Through a lot of prayer, I had my whole church praying for me here in Texas, and through Lambley Research and miracles, my children were finally allowed unsupervised visitation with me, after four years. During that time, I said to my daughter, who was fourteen, I said, “I want so badly for you to get out”. And she looks at me, and she starts going…

(hyperventilating, extremely terrified): “Oh! You shouldn’t have said that, Mom! You shouldn’t have said that, Mom!” You know? She just… she just freaked out. She just totally lost it.

GS: Mm hm.

And I realized that it was her programming cycling, because she was just terrified. You know, she’s like, (terrified, very rapid): “Why did you say that, why did you say that”, and I said, “It’s okay, it’s okay, honey, calm down, calm.”

And the following… she was just shaking and shaking. And then finally she said, “Well, I don’t want to go back and get hurt.” And then I said, “YOU DON’T HAVE TO.”

And at that point I faced several prison sentences, but I called my ex and I said, “I will face… I will not let those children go back and get hurt again.”

GS: Okay.

SV: And he flew out to get them, and he could have put me in prison at that time, because I was breaking the custody visitation. And you know how strong the courts are on that!

GS: Mm hm.

SV: And I said to him, “Please… Look.” Because it was so nice. My daughter and son both said, “We don’t want to go back, Dad. We don’t want to get hurt. We don’t want to do this anymore.”

He looked at them, and he said, “I want to go think about it.” He went home, and I was praying for him at the time.

And then that night he called me, and he said, (delirious, hyperventilating): “Oh my God. Oh my God.” I said, “What is it?” He said, “We’ve gotta get out! We’ve gotta get out!” (Laughs) And I said, “YES! You do!” And then he said… and then he made the decision to get out.

At that point he went to a Notary Public. He gave me… he did a legal case document giving me full custody of my children. And then he said he was so sorry for, he put me through, the H, E, L, L he had put me through for years.

GS: Now, have you had any reprisals from people in the group since you were leaving, or any warnings?

SV: Yes.

GS: To keep quiet, or anything like that?

SV: (crosstalk) Yes. Oh, yeah! Oh… yeah, of course! There’s one time when I did write one article that named some specific dates and times. I got hurt afterwards, and it made me very cautious. That’s why I don’t give a lot of radio interviews, and why I don’t do a lot of this. That’s one reason why…

GS: Well, I appreciate this, because you know, the number of people you’re going to help, by… maybe, maybe waking up the American people to what is really going on. Sometimes you can wake up many more people by a person like you, than talking about a hundred million different generalities.

Let me take a call. Chris, in Washington, you’re on the Investigative Journal.

CH: (calm, relaxed cadence): Hi. Svali, I just want to say how much I appreciate your bravery, in presenting this information in the way that you are. I’ve read your website recently. And my question is very simple. Based on the information that you’re presenting, I’m wondering what timeline the organization of the larger Family that you’re describing has for implementing the New World Order?

SV: Okay. I was told it would occur during my generation. I was told that by the year 2050 that they would be revealed. Now again, their timelines change, though. In fact, I jokingly referred to them as being like the Soviet Union, because you know how they had their five and ten year plans, and then things always got changed? In my own lifetime I saw several different timelines for things that were supposed to occur and change.

But as Greg noted, I’ve also heard of, from different people, that actually there is a HUGE push in the last few years. It’s like, “It’s CLOSE. It’s CLOSE. Let’s make things happen more quickly.”

CH: Mm hm.

SV: So I couldn’t begin to guess whether that’s an accurate timeline or not. I know what I was told.

CH: I have a follow up question and that’s it…

GS: Go ahead.

CH: …and this will be it for me. I have recently, against my own resistance to doing so, investigated, started to investigate fringe matters, if you will. Among them, the upcoming date on the Mayan Calendar of 2012.

SV: Uh huh.

CH: And as I’ve done this research, I’ve allowed myself just to be open to this information without believing anything I’m reading. One of the ideas that is presenting itself is that around 2012, not just according to the Mayan Calendar but many other theories out there, that we will be undergoing, as a planet, a revolutionary shift, if you will, of some kind or another.

And I’m wondering in the back of my mind if there might be any kind of race against the clock on THAT scale, if you will – especially if we’re talking about a potential spiritual warfare…

SV: Oh, yeah.

CH: …using your words in play here. Do you see a possible relation there?

SV: Yes, I do. And, 2012 IS an important year. But again, I was not told that the final Revealing would occur then. But I believe that probably… what will happen is that there will be events taking place that will help to set the stage.

CH: Okay.

SV: But it’s going to be… I was told… again, I’m telling you what I was told while a member of the group, so please take it with a grain of salt. As I know, these people aren’t always honest or trustworthy – they are deceptive. But I was told that there would be an enormous economic collapse prior to the Revealing. That basically the stock market would destabilize.

CH: Well, that appears to be already happening.

SV: Yeah. Yeah. And I was told it would make the Great Depression look like Sunday school. And at that time, it’s going to… they’re going to really be manipulating finances to bring about chaos, confusion, warfare, and then…

But see, I don’t like to be so negative. But I am telling you what I was taught when I was in the group, you know?

CH: Well, I so appreciate it.

SV: Yeah.

CH: And I’m sure we all do.

SV: Yeah. I…

CH: You’re a great voice.

SV: Well, thank you! I appreciate that very much. But out of this chaos they said would come order. You see, the group believes that out of chaos comes order.

CH: Well, I don’t want to take any more time…

GS: (crosstalk) Well, as far as I’m concerned, I’d rather, you know, let things… Svali, these guys want to bring down this country financially, in whatever way possible. And right now, your voice is important in that.

And Chris, I really appreciate you saying that, because we want to stop these guys! I mean, come on! Let’s get the American people to get together and just put an end to this. We have a powerful group in numbers. We may not have the money, but we can take it back. And I don’t want to be bullied by these kind of people. That’s my feeling.

SV: Yeah.

GS: Let me take another call. Uh, Harper in Canada. Harper? Go ahead.

HP: Great, thanks Greg. And Svali, I read your expose when it came out on Suite101.com a few years ago, and I always wondered what happened to you, because you vanished from Suite 101. So it’s great to hear about you. A couple quick questions, I’ll make them real fast. First is the term Moriah Conquering Wind. I’d never heard that before or since I read it in your expose. I wondered if you could elaborate on that term a little bit.

I also wanted to ask you if this cult, as far as you know, claims to or believes to derive any of its heritage from Atlantis or any other lost civilization. Okay?

SV: I’m not sure about the reference to Moriah (pronounced like “Mariah” Carey) you’re describing, because Moriah is… is our name.

But I certainly can address the second question. The Illuminati completely believe that Atlantis is real. They teach it to their children as part of the oral history. They believe that it was one of the greatest civilizations that ever existed, and one of the most advanced.

What they teach… their take on it is that Atlantis was a great race of highly intelligent people who had a highly advanced faith, and who were highly enlightened.

But what they teach the Illuminati children is that then this prophet of the enemy, who was a prophet of God, came and foretold their destruction if they didn’t change their ways.

They were definitely Occultists. They were Luciferians on Atlantis. That was the religion. And in fact, a lot of the advances that Atlantis enjoyed was passed down to them through supernatural means… that is what I will say.

So they laughed at the prophet. In fact they killed him. And, he… I guess sometime afterward, we were taught that a few inhabitants escaped, but that tragically the great city was lost.

The Illuminati to this day mourn the loss of Atlantis, because they feel that these were… that the few survivors that left were among the great people who helped found the Free… what you would call the precursors of Illuminism.

HP: One more quick question, if I may.

GS: Go ahead.

HP: And I wanted to ask you if you have any reason to believe that people, men and/or women at the top of the pyramid, so to speak, practice a kind of magic where they are kind of skipping through time, in other words…

SV: (excited crosstalk) Oh! Oh! YES! Oh, without even being at the top… Oh, yes!

HP: …their body leaving, their soul or spirit leaving one body and coming and being born into another one, and therefore, you know, living through time.

SV: (excited crosstalk) Oh yeah! Yeah! Oh, yes! Yes, All the time. In fact, see, now this, now I didn’t go there in this interview. You start telling wackos, you start discussing things like that. But in the spiritual side, they very much teach things like time travel, traveling out of body, you know, psychic battling, things like that – things that cannot be explained by logic.

And I saw things that I cannot explain through human intellect or reasoning, that were highly supernatural, and involved all of that… and more.

[Svali has reported in 2-3 different articles seeing a group of people levitate an animal and choke it to death, though here she seems to refer to more than just that.]

HP: Okay, great. Pleasure to speak with you, Ma’am, and God bless you.

SV: Okay, God bless you too.

GS: Okay, I think we have Dave Wilcox called in. I think you know Dave through emails, Svali.

SV: Yes.

GS: Dave, uh, you want to say hello? And do you have a question for Svali?

DW: Sure. Uh, Svali, it’s great to have you on the air, and I’m really glad you decided to do it. So thank you very much.

SV: Oh thank you, Dave. It’s good to talk with you. Yeah.

DW: Yeah, I feel like you’re an old friend. I’ve been reading your stuff for so long, and you share so willingly and openly about yourself. It’s a real honor to be able to speak with you in person like this.

SV: Well, thank you!

GS: All right, well Dave, you may have something you want to say to Svali. Go ahead. You have a question?

DW: Sure. I think one of the things I’d really like to have covered here is [this]. You shared with me in an email recently about these stages of enlightenment that they try to guide people through?

SV: Yes.

DW: I would like you to try to sketch out for people how the behavioral conditioning that’s coming through the media, the movies and so forth might have affected them.

In other words, what personality characteristics would you see in a person when they have been influenced by these teachings? How would the average person, who is not really a bad person, start to be leaning, if the Illuminati teachings were actually having an effect on them? What would they be like? What would start happening?

SV: Well, again, as I said, the average person is not going to be a member of the group…

DW: Right.

SV: …so the influence would be much less. But the media, I believe that… well, I KNOW. I don’t believe, I KNOW that some of the media that we’re seeing nowadays is specifically targeted towards teaching people their philosophy or goals. All you have to do is watch the children’s cartoons on Saturday morning, and almost across the board you’ll see morphing, power battles, occult. And that’s intentional.

Movies coming out. Basically, if a person is being influenced by their teaching, that person will learn to not trust their own instincts, their own feelings, their own body, their own perceptions. They will be looking outside for guidance.

Second of all, they will be moving towards a heavily occultic worldview – that leaning upon the occult is heavily encouraged. All you have to do is watch Harry Potter! (Pause – laughs) You know?

DW: Yeah, I mean, the whole idea that…

SV: (crosstalk) I mean, not to slam one of those Potter movies, or the Matrix.

If you want to know pure Illuminist philosophy, the Matrix shows it. Definitely. The entire philosophy.

DW: Oh yeah. Right down with Morpheus being broken down with the injections, and they said that it’s like hacking a computer. (bumper music starts)

SV: Yeah! That’s an excellent [example…]

GS: (crosstalk) Okay, let’s take a break. We’ll come back with our final segment. A big finish on the Investigative Journal, with Svali, on the Republic Broadcasting Network.

[commercial break]

GS: Okay, we’re back with our final segment with Svali. She’s telling us about her experiences… thirty years with this insidious group called the Illuminati, how deeply penetrated and infiltrated they are in our culture and our country.

Svali, we talked about the higher levels, the mid-levels you were involved in as a head trainer. How low do they go? I said all along they’re involved in gang stalking, the MK-Ultra program, infiltrating truth organizations, infiltrating groups that are trying to do good. How far down DO they go?

SV: Well, they go down to the sister group levels I mentioned. The sister groups have anywhere from, usually roughly around 30 members. And those are what a lot of people would consider the… what you would consider the satanic cults, with a high priest and priestess. That would be the local level, the lower level.

But those people are also very active in their community. And so, they WILL be involved in intricate infiltrating activities when possible. Because to them, it’s not infiltrating… it’s helping. They think they’re helping the group, or helping people by becoming a member and spreading the influence.

GS: Let me squeeze in one more caller, Roger, a faithful listener. Roger, you’re on the Investigative Journal.

RG: Uh, yes. Thanks. I had so a big question and so little time that maybe I’ll just squeeze it in…

GS: We’ve got a couple minutes. Really try to work it in, Roger.

RG: Yeah, uh, well, you will enjoy this first, and that is that I recall when Charlotte Izerbie (ph) was here on the local Clear Channel radio show. The host was, of course, dismissive of an Illumi-Nazi agenda. It was great to hear Charlotte say, “You’re telling me? My own father was a high-level”… and she, of course, was a first or second-fiddle secretary at the department of Ed. And she said, “You’re telling me my own father on his deathbed was telling me, “You go get ’em, girl,” and he was one of ’em.”

GS: (Laughs)

RG: So that was great. Anyway, my question was towards the philosophical / religious motivators, if you will, which you have been dwelling on. I’ve been trying to form it up into a more cohesive, integrated…

GS: Try to make it quick, we’re running out of time. Go ahead.

RG: Yeah. To expose the ethos of the, you know, it’s like the Neocons serve as the pseudo-intellectual rationale for the Illumi-Nazi agenda. And I don’t presume that it turns on such fine distinctions, so much as it is a bare-knuckled lust for power. But, everybody has sort of a worldview that they use to justify their actions. And of course, it’s a most un-conservative, humanistic social engineering agenda on a far larger scale.

Now you mentioned about these people, basically, and it’s as rare as hen teeth…

GS: Quick, Roger…

RG: …yeah, to find somebody that’s not oxymoronically both a spiritualist and an occultist, and also a, what do you call, a hardcore rationalist. Or maybe that’s just [a] Republican assumption, right?

SV: (sighs)

GS: (slight laughing in delivery): I know there was a question in there somewhere, Roger…

RG: Yeah.

GS: But anyway, thanks for calling. Let me, I’ve only got a minute. I’ve got to finish with Svali.

Svali, tell us in your own words, you’ve got about a minute or two left here. You went forward, you came forward, (bumper music begins) you’re now living a life completely away from them. What’s your hopes of the future in our country right now?

SV: My hope is that people will realize that this is happening, and that they will start doing something about it – that they will start looking at it. Now again, we’re talking about people who are mentally wealthy, but it won’t be easy. But if people could rise up in prayer, and just say, “THIS ISN’T OKAY”…

If people would become informed enough to learn more about it, be aware they exist… and then, possibly, PRAY. Pray that people will take action against the things that are happening. Because these people…

GS: Okay, Svali, I’m…

SV: Okay. All right.

GS: We’re all out of time. We’re going to end on that prayer. I really thank you for coming forward. You’re very courageous. We’ll talk again, and I’ll be back tomorrow on the Investigative Journal. Same time, same place.

SV: Goodbye.

[END OF BROADCAST]

Greg Szymanski

Greg has his own daily show on the Republic Broadcast Network. Greg Szymanski is an independent investigative journalist and his articles can been seen at www.LewisNews.com. He also writes for American Free Press and has his own site www.arcticbeacon.com

DOWNLOAD SVALI’S BOOK, Breaking the Chain

UPDATE

There was a report in May 2015 that Svali is still alive. This website is dedicated to her, and has a lot of great information.

 

 

DOWNLOAD BOOKS BY SVALI

Breaking the Chain Download

————-

Copyright ©: Stephanie Relfe 2015 – 3000

This article, or parts of this article may be copied as long as no alterations are made, you mention and link to www.Metatech.org or www.Relfe.com

www.TheMarsRecords.com

www.MetaTech.org

www.Relfe.com

www.ExVampire.com

www.PerfectHealthSystem.com

www.PerfectHealthDVD.com

www.SynergisticKinesiology.com

www.YoureNotFatYoureToxic.com

10X10-white-spacer

Metatech.org - Nordics are Nazis 10X10-white-spacer

10X10-white-spacer

new-world-order-mind-control-commands 10X10-white-spacer

10X10-white-spacer

10X10-white-spacer

Please download the free booklet on Removing Alien and Military Mind Control Commands. This is a direct download without signing up for anything. Only then will you understand why this information will never be discussed on any UFO or Conspiracy site and will never be touched by broadcasters like Alex Jones, Jeff Rense or George Noory.

DISCLAIMER: The information on this website is not medical science or medical advice. This information is not backed up by scientific evidence. This is just for your information. This information and these products have not been evaluated by the FDA. These products and information are not intended to diagnose, treat, cure or prevent any disease, disorder, pain, injury, deformity, or physical or mental condition. Results are not typical. Individual results may vary. Because every person's situation is different , the author of this article will not be held responsible for any negative results which come from reading or acting upon the information in this article. Use at your own risk. We make no medical claims for any products, nor do we sell them or offer them for the treatment for any ailment.

Up to 1/3 of this article may be copied as long as no alterations are made, you mention the author and link to www.Relfe.com

Disclosure: The owner of this website is a participant in the Amazon Services LLC Associates Program, an affiliate advertising program designed to provide a means for sites to earn advertising fees by advertising and linking to Amazon properties including, but not limited to, amazon.com, endless.com, myhabit.com, smallparts.com, or amazonwireless.com.


Print pagePDF pageEmail page

The post Svali, Illuminati Defector, Disappeared 6 Months after this Interview: Transcript appeared first on Metatech.

How to Communicate by Telepathy with People who Can’t Hear You

$
0
0

How to Communicate by Telepathy

with People who Can’t Hear You

by Stephanie Relfe

I did not meet my wonderful husband Michael until I was 35 years old, and we did not get married until a year later. Up until that time, I was looking for my soul mate, improving my ‘shopping list’ for the man in my life, and working on myself, especially my subconscious thoughts and habits. I knew that I wanted to meet my man not just for personal satisfaction and to have someone to share my life with, but also as my “mission buddy”. One person supported by their spouse can do much, much more for the world than a person on their own can do – it’s an energy thing. I don’t know if this is true or not, but I was told that “If one positive is against many negatives, the negatives will win. But if two positives are against many negatives, the positives will win.” This rang true for me.

I figured that since I was telepathic, my soul mate would also be telepathic. I once had a vision when I was in a car with another man, in Australia, driving across the Sydney Harbor Bridge. In Australia they drive on the left side of the road. Suddenly, I clearly ‘saw’ myself on the other side of the car. I suddenly ‘knew’ that at sometime in the future my husband would be an American. On the strength of this vision, I even flew to the USA, expecting my telepathic husband to meet me at the airport! That didn’t work out. I did not understand why. If I was telepathic, and my soul mate was telepathic, why couldn’t he hear me?

One day shortly after the internet got started, I found my answer. I saw an ad for some information that I ‘knew’ had important information that I was looking for. I sent off the price of $70 for the information. I don’t remember what else was on that disk – all I wanted was one piece of information, which I am about to give to you. The piece of information that I was missing was, there is no use having a telepathic conversation with someone if, so to speak, if their ‘phone is off the hook’. And when is their phone on the hook? When are they in their alpha levels, so they can hear you; when they are asleep!

So I did what the information told me to do. I told myself, “I will wake up when I am in mind-to-mind communication with the man on my list, and I will remember why I have woken up.” I seldom ever woke up during the night in those days, but that night I was suddenly wide awake around 2.00 am. I sat up and I could ‘see’ a very big being in the room, and knew it was my soul mate. I asked him where he was (did not get an answer) and then told him something along the lines to come and meet me, in a very urgent manner.

Little did I know at the time that the man was Michael Relfe, from Florida, whom I had met several weeks before at a conference given by Nexus Magazine in Sydney. When I first looked into Michael’s eyes I thought, “He has my eyes” (meaning his soul energy resonated with mine). There was an immediate connection. The problem was, he had rage inside him from the programming the U.S. Navy had secretly put in him, and was way too argumentative. However, I maintained our friendship because he was a computer programmer, and while I did not know what the internet was, as it was brand new then, I intuitively knew that it was the way to ‘save the world’. I asked him to help me create a website, and he did so.

About three weeks after I did the telepathic conversation with the man on my list (which I did not realize at the time was Michael), I met with Michael. While I was sitting down at a table, talking with him, I started thinking, he’s so good looking – if I could just remove that rage from behind his eyes, then maybe … So I asked him if he would like to do a clearing session on the biofeedback meter. Normally, a person would then run away if this question was asked, since many people are not up to confronting the negativity in their subconscious mind (especially if they have been mind controlled). But I believe that because of our telepathic conversation, he consented.

The result you can read in The Mars Records. Most of Michael’s rage vanished within the first three sessions. We starting dating seriously, and six months later Michael proposed to me on a harbor cruise on my birthday. I knew by then that he was the man for me, because he scored so very high on my shopping list – which was particularly unusual because by that time I knew about the truth of aliens on earth, and could only be with a man who knew the same as I did. (An example of a shopping list for your soul mate can be found here). I accepted, and we organized a wonderful, cheap wedding at a restaurant on the water in Sydney, within 5 weeks!

The following is taken from the information that I paid $70 for back around 1995:

This is not the same as controlling someone. People on this crazy planet we live on are continually being controlled by such things as TV, advertisements, music, hypnosis, mind control, drugs, past painful events in their subconscious mind and demons, as well as general thoughts flying around. This is an attempt to give them a communication that will help them to break free of programming which is causing pain to themselves and others. 

In fact, you have to care a lot about a person to do this. After all, you will have an interrupted night’s sleep. I have tried it a few other times for some people who needed help, and just did not wake up.

Telepathic Sleep Communication

(Original title: Subjective Communication)

“The best time to communicate mind-to-mind with another is when they’re in their alpha levels. This is when they are day dreaming, meditating and when they are asleep.

In Telepathic Sleep Communication, you program your mind as you go to sleep at night to wake you up when your brain neurons are resonating with their brain neurons.

All you really need to do is visualize the person or group you want to contact and your automatic right-brain network will do the rest.

HERE IS HOW YOU DO IT

1. To contact an individual: As you go to sleep at night, keep repeating to yourself:

“I will wake up when I am in mental contact with (whoever) and I will remember why I have woken up”….

To program yourself to wake up to talk to a group of people, say:

“I will wake up when I am in mental contact with the greatest number of my group and I will remember why I have woken up….”

2. Repeat this a dozen or more times until you fall asleep.

3. When you do awaken it is fairly important to arrange things so that you don’t fade away and drift off to sleep while in the middle of your alpha transmission.

The best way to organize this is to get out of bed and freshen up by splashing cold water over your face … visiting the bathroom etc.

4. When you climb back into bed … make sure you are not too comfortable. Prop yourself up in a slightly uncomfortable position and leave a light on.

5. At this point it will help considerably if you have had alpha training, but if you haven’t, don’t worry

6. Relax your mind and let yourself drift down into that dreamy state, while all the time telling yourself this:

“I will not go to sleep until after I have finished communicating with (whoever).”

7. Keep repeating this over and over. When you feel yourself totally relaxed start “talking” with the person (or group) in a positive, friendly way.

DO NOT UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES PROJECT CRITICISM! If you do, the circuit will be broken.

Mentally see yourself talking to the other person and explaining the problem to them. See them nodding their head in agreement. Visualize clearly a happy and positive outcome to the meeting.

8. Thank them for listening to you and visualize the meeting closed. Let yourself drift off to sleep.

If you tend to keep thinking about them as you’re going to sleep control your thoughts very carefully. Any negative mental projection may get through and undo the good work you’ve just done. The best way is to drift off while seeing all concerned celebrating a happy outcome.

9. Now as soon as possible, contact that person in real life and run your problem past them. You will probably be pleasantly surprised to find that you receive a very cordial reception and things go well for both of you.

Best results seem to be obtained by “talking” to the same person more than once, say 3-4 times a week for 2 weeks. Don’t ‘bore’ them by overdoing it. Use it for a few days and then give it a rest.

(Note by Stephanie Relfe: I find I hardly ever wake up enough to do this, and to get to Michael, I only needed to do it one time).

Here are some examples of real-life situations where you can use the magic of this communication process to everyone’s advantage:

You have a wayward child who is getting in with the wrong crowd and is rapidly heading off the rails. You communicate with them and explain why it would be to their advantage to “straighten up”. See them agreeing and visualize their attitude improving. But whatever you do, don’t preach at them.

Somebody owes you or your business money. Communicate and explain how much better they would feel if they paid. See them nodding in agreement and writing out a check. Debt collectors who use subjective communication in the manner report quite spectacular results in some cases.

Suppose you have to give a public speech. Visualize yourself standing on a stage in front of a microphone with your audience listening intently and giving you wild applause at the end. Subjectively communicate an outline of the speech to your “imaginary” audience and see yourself getting a standing ovation.

Maybe you know someone who would have their problems improve if they would turn to God.

Maybe your marriage is breaking down and you would like to correct this situation. You can use subjective communication to convey to your partner the strong emotional feelings of love and affection that you both shared at the beginning. Visualize both of you holding hands and gazing fondly into each other’s eyes. Visualize total happiness and contentment.

Perhaps you aren’t married and would like to find a suitable partner. “Advertise” for someone, eg “I will waken when I am in mental contact with the man/woman who fits my list, and I will remember why I have woken”. Picture the general appearance of the person you are looking for but keep the description vague. Project your own general appearance and requirements. Visualize you holding hands with them, looking into their eyes, kissing them etc. In general, see yourself blissfully happy while in the presence of this person. Psychokinetic synchronicity will arrange the meeting place – you don’t need to worry about this. Do not do this process for more than 8 times or for more than about 2 weeks.

(Note by Stephanie Relfe: It worked for me by saying “when I am in mental contact with the man on my list)

One man met the exactly the right lady for him. He was somewhat stunned as usual with the success of subjective communication as in this case he specified some fairly tight requirements. He met her by “talking” to her 6-8 times over 2 weeks. She turned up 6 weeks after he first started talking to her.

As a service to the planet, you might even like to adopt an influential person (politician, businessman, military leader etc.) who can help to make the world a better place, and give them some positive suggestions.

There is one important thing to remember here. The left brain is the analytical one which handles all the nitty-gritty but the right brain only deals with “over-all concepts”. When doing Subjective Communication do not transmit facts and figures. That is left-brain stuff. If you do, you will may break the neural connection. Merely project win / win concepts. You must treat the receiver as your equal. Offer mutually beneficial suggestions which you clearly visualise the receiving party agreeing with.

The only actual downside of subjective communication is that if you do a lot it can be draining waking up night after night. It basically means that you have to go to bed early so that when you wake up you have had enough sleep to be able to concentrate on the message without dozing off.

If you are using subjective communication, it is strongly recommended that you keep the knowledge to yourself. If you tell people what you are doing it is highly likely that they will feel as if they have been manipulated.

Some people may perceive this as controlling others, but you control others all day long anyway with your thoughts. The fact that you are broadcasting subjectively all the time has a constant effect on others. It is just that in this case you are controlling and directing your subjective broadcasts.”

Again, this is not the same as controlling someone. People on this crazy planet we live on are continually being controlled by such things as TV, advertisements, music, hypnosis, mind control, drugs, past painful events in their subconscious mind and demons, as well as general thoughts flying around. This is an attempt to give them a communication that will help them to break free of programming which is causing pain to themselves and others.

MORE INFORMATION

You Can Learn Telepathy

10X10-white-spacer

Metatech.org - Nordics are Nazis

10X10-white-spacer

10X10-white-spacer

new-world-order-mind-control-commands

10X10-white-spacer

10X10-white-spacer

10X10-white-spacer

Please download the free booklet on Removing Alien and Military Mind Control Commands. This is a direct download without signing up for anything. Only then will you understand why this information will never be discussed on any UFO or Conspiracy site and will never be touched by broadcasters like Alex Jones, Jeff Rense or George Noory.

DISCLAIMER: The information on this website is not medical science or medical advice. This information is not backed up by scientific evidence. This is just for your information. This information and these products have not been evaluated by the FDA. These products and information are not intended to diagnose, treat, cure or prevent any disease, disorder, pain, injury, deformity, or physical or mental condition. Results are not typical. Individual results may vary. Because every person's situation is different , the author of this article will not be held responsible for any negative results which come from reading or acting upon the information in this article. Use at your own risk. We make no medical claims for any products, nor do we sell them or offer them for the treatment for any ailment.

Up to 1/3 of this article may be copied as long as no alterations are made, you mention the author and link to www.Relfe.com

Disclosure: The owner of this website is a participant in the Amazon Services LLC Associates Program, an affiliate advertising program designed to provide a means for sites to earn advertising fees by advertising and linking to Amazon properties including, but not limited to, amazon.com, endless.com, myhabit.com, smallparts.com, or amazonwireless.com.

————-

Copyright ©: Stephanie Relfe 2015 – 3000

This article, or parts of this article may be copied as long as no alterations are made, you mention and link to www.Metatech.org or www.Relfe.com

www.TheMarsRecords.com

www.MetaTech.org

www.Relfe.com

www.ExVampire.com

www.PerfectHealthSystem.com

www.PerfectHealthDVD.com

www.SynergisticKinesiology.com

www.YoureNotFatYoureToxic.com


Print pagePDF pageEmail page

The post How to Communicate by Telepathy with People who Can’t Hear You appeared first on Metatech.

How to Stop Nightmares

$
0
0

How to Stop Nightmares

Please go here.

10X10-white-spacer

Metatech.org - Nordics are Nazis 10X10-white-spacer

10X10-white-spacer

new-world-order-mind-control-commands 10X10-white-spacer

10X10-white-spacer

10X10-white-spacer

Please download the free booklet on Removing Alien and Military Mind Control Commands. This is a direct download without signing up for anything. Only then will you understand why this information will never be discussed on any UFO or Conspiracy site and will never be touched by broadcasters like Alex Jones, Jeff Rense or George Noory.

DISCLAIMER: The information on this website is not medical science or medical advice. This information is not backed up by scientific evidence. This is just for your information. This information and these products have not been evaluated by the FDA. These products and information are not intended to diagnose, treat, cure or prevent any disease, disorder, pain, injury, deformity, or physical or mental condition. Results are not typical. Individual results may vary. Because every person's situation is different , the author of this article will not be held responsible for any negative results which come from reading or acting upon the information in this article. Use at your own risk. We make no medical claims for any products, nor do we sell them or offer them for the treatment for any ailment.

Up to 1/3 of this article may be copied as long as no alterations are made, you mention the author and link to www.Relfe.com

Disclosure: The owner of this website is a participant in the Amazon Services LLC Associates Program, an affiliate advertising program designed to provide a means for sites to earn advertising fees by advertising and linking to Amazon properties including, but not limited to, amazon.com, endless.com, myhabit.com, smallparts.com, or amazonwireless.com.

————-

Copyright ©: Stephanie Relfe 2015 – 3000

Up to 1/3 of this article may be copied as long as no alterations are made, you mention and link to www.Metatech.org or www.Relfe.com

www.TheMarsRecords.com

www.MetaTech.org

www.Relfe.com

www.ExVampire.com

www.PerfectHealthSystem.com

www.PerfectHealthDVD.com

www.SynergisticKinesiology.com

www.YoureNotFatYoureToxic.com

www.RexDeus.com

www.DrawingLessonsWithGrids.com

Save


Print pagePDF pageEmail page

The post How to Stop Nightmares appeared first on Metatech.

How we Made Orgonite Famous

$
0
0

How we Made Orgonite Famous

by Michael & Stephanie Relfe

cloudbuster-HHG2-7

10X10-white-spacerOrgonite officially became mainstream when the mainstream media reported that Will Smith’s children are making it. See –

http://www.buzzfeed.com/lyapalater/jaden-and-willow-smiths-alleged-cult-affiliation-explained

What most people don’t know, is that it was we who originally helped to make orgonite a household word.

Here’s how this happened: A few years after we had launched www.Metatech.org, sometime around 2000, we posted on our website a request to help Al Bielek of the Philadelphia Experiment, to find a place to live.

We then received an email from someone offering to help, of the name of Don Croft. It took only a few emails before we realized that we had stumbled upon a real genius, who was previously unknown to the alternative science community at large. Of particular interest was a substance he had created, that he termed “orgonite”.

So while we still did not fully understand what it was all about, intuitively we knew that it was very important. We asked Don to put together instructions on how to build a cloudbuster, and HHG (‘holy’ hand grenades), both of which use orgonite.

Don very generously offered to do this for free, to help the world. Like a lot of geniuses, it took a bit of work to get his wording into simple terms for us mere mortals, but we soon had the article completed. Once we posted the article, orgonite took off by itself.

Later on Don asked Stephanie to create and host a yahoo egroup for cloudbuster makers. (This was way before Facebook and all that stuff). Eventually she agreed, and we had about 500 members. Later on, we passed the egroup onto one of the moderators, so that we could move onto other projects. Much has happened from that original post.

More at the original article on building Cloudbusters and HHGs.

WARNING: WE RECOMMEND AGAINST any of the fancy uses of orgonite, such as HHGs with coils etc. It’s not meant to be in square shapes either. Orgone can be good OR BAD (DOR=Deadly Orgone). Stick with the simple ones.

People do not know what they are doing with this power – they are making them fancy-looking just to make money. We believe that Slim Spurling died at 69 years old because of the energy the coils was putting out. Bob Dratch, who is another genius, tried to warn Slim Spurling, but no one would listen to him.

EXTREMELY IMPORTANT! Orgonite MUST BE GROUNDED or it builds up all the deadly energy (DOR) and there is nowhere for it to to go but into you when you touch it! This was never designed as  a necklace!

10X10-white-spacer 10X10-white-spacer

Metatech.org - Nordics are Nazis 10X10-white-spacer

10X10-white-spacer

new-world-order-mind-control-commands 10X10-white-spacer

10X10-white-spacer

10X10-white-spacer

Please download the free booklet on Removing Alien and Military Mind Control Commands. This is a direct download without signing up for anything. Only then will you understand why this information will never be discussed on any UFO or Conspiracy site and will never be touched by broadcasters like Alex Jones, Jeff Rense or George Noory.

DISCLAIMER: The information on this website is not medical science or medical advice. This information is not backed up by scientific evidence. This is just for your information. This information and these products have not been evaluated by the FDA. These products and information are not intended to diagnose, treat, cure or prevent any disease, disorder, pain, injury, deformity, or physical or mental condition. Results are not typical. Individual results may vary. Because every person's situation is different , the author of this article will not be held responsible for any negative results which come from reading or acting upon the information in this article. Use at your own risk. We make no medical claims for any products, nor do we sell them or offer them for the treatment for any ailment.

Up to 1/3 of this article may be copied as long as no alterations are made, you mention the author and link to www.Relfe.com

Disclosure: The owner of this website is a participant in the Amazon Services LLC Associates Program, an affiliate advertising program designed to provide a means for sites to earn advertising fees by advertising and linking to Amazon properties including, but not limited to, amazon.com, endless.com, myhabit.com, smallparts.com, or amazonwireless.com.

————-

Copyright ©: Stephanie Relfe 2015 – 3000

Up to 1/3 of this article may be copied as long as no alterations are made, you mention and link to www.Metatech.org or www.Relfe.com

www.TheMarsRecords.com

www.MetaTech.org

www.Relfe.com

www.ExVampire.com

www.PerfectHealthSystem.com

www.PerfectHealthDVD.com

www.SynergisticKinesiology.com

www.YoureNotFatYoureToxic.com

www.RexDeus.com

www.DrawingLessonsWithGrids.com

Save

Save


Print pagePDF pageEmail page

The post How we Made Orgonite Famous appeared first on Metatech.

Viewing all 47 articles
Browse latest View live